You are on page 1of 181

W

Bobcat

Operation & Maintenance Manual


HB Series Hydraulic Breaker
(HB280) S/N A5T500101 & Above
(HB680) S/N A00W00101 & Above
(HB880) S/N A00X00101 & Above
(HB980) S/N A00Y00101 & Above
(HB1180) S/N A01R00101 & Above

\
6904104enUS (03-14) (P)

Printed in U.S.A.

Bobcat Company 2014

OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS


CORRECT

WARNING

Operator must have instructions


before
operating
the
machine.
Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502

Safety Alert Symbol:

P-90216

This symbol is used for important safety


m e s s a g e s . When you see this symbol,
follow the safety m e s s a g e s to avoid
personal injury or death.

Never use the breaker without


instructions. See machine signs
(decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual and Operator's Handbook.

CORRECT

B-23299

Always instad approved lift arm


support device when servicing loader
when lift arms are raised.

Always use the seat bar and fasten


seat belt snugly.
f l Always keep feet on the pedis when
operating loader.
>

WRONG

WRONG

WRONG

B-23291

B-23292

B-23293

Do not use loader in atmosphere


with explosive dust, gas, or where
exhaust can contact flammable
material.
Avoid cutting gas, electric, or other
utility lines.

Never use loader without operator


cab with ROPS and FOPS approval.

Never demolish load bearing walls.


Keep other personnel away frorr
work rea.
Always use special applications kit.

Do not undercut machine which can


cause machine to fall.
^ Check rules and regulations at your
location.
Operator and bystanders must wear
goggles, hard hats, and hearing
protection.

S I S S s \G

WRONG

~~'j'j *

WRONG

ya-

*--*^^ -

B-2329

VW Always carry attachment as low as


. possible.
Ak. Do not travel or turn with lift arms
up.

B-23296

Never leave machine with engine


~ ~ r u n n i n g or with lift arms up.
^j^To park, engage parking brake and
put attachment on the ground.

B-23295

A
A

Never modify equipment or add


attachments not approved by Bobcat
Company.
Never demolish ceilings or overhead
structure.

S A F E T Y EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Loader must be equipped with safety tems n e c e s s a r y for each job. Ask your dealer about attachments and
accessories.
1. S E A T B E L T : Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. S E A T BAR: When up, it must lock the loader hydraulic functions.
3. O P E R A T O R C A B ( R O P S and F O P S ) : It must be on the loader with all fasteners tight.
4. O P E R A T O R ' S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
5. MACHINE AND ATTACHMENT S A F E T Y S I G N S ( D E C A L S ) : Replace if damaged, clean if soiled.
6. S P E C I A L APPLICATIONS KIT
7. G R A B H A N D L E S : Replace if damaged.
8. S A F E T Y T R E A D S : Replace if damaged.
9. LIFT ARM S U P P O R T D E V I C E
10. PARKING B R A K E
OSW48-0509

OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS


CORRECT

WARNING

Operator must have instructions


before
operating
the
machine.
Untrained
operators
can
cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502

P-90216

T h i s symbol is used for important safety


m e s s a g e s . When you see this symbol,
follow the safety m e s s a g e s to avoid
personal injury or death.

Safety Alert Symbol:

CORRECT

CORRECT

B-23316

B-23323

Never u s e excavator without operator


cab with R O P S and T O P S approval.

Always fasten seat belt snugly.


Always oprate controls only from
the operator's position.

WRONG

WRONG

B-23321
Do
not
use
excavator
in
a t m o s p h e r e with e x p l o s i v e d u s t ,
g a s , or w h e r e e x h a u s t c a n c o n t a c t
flammable material.
Avoid cutting g a s , e l e c t r i c , or other
utility l i n e s .

-23321A
i*W Always carry attachment a s low a s
. possible.
Ak. Do not travel or turn with attachment
extended.

B-2331S
A^

Never demolish load bearing walls.


Keep other
work rea.

Never
u s e the breaker
without
instructions. S e e machine s i g n s
(decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual and Operator's Handbook.

personnel

away

fron

Always u s e special applications kit.

A i

Never exceed a 15 degree slope


when operating the excavator and
breaker.

WRONG

B-23317
J ^ D o not undercut machine which can
c a u s e machine to fall.
Ak C h e c k rules and regulations at your
location.
Operator and bystanders must wear
goggles, hard hats, and hearing
protection.

WRONG

_WRONG

B-23318

B-23322

i V Never leave machine with engine


~ ^ r u n n i n g or with attachment raised.
k.~fo park excavator, lower attachment
fully and stop the engine.

/k Never modify equipment or add


^ ^ a t t a c h m e n t s not approved by Bobcat
Company.
,A Never demolish ceilings or overhead
structure.

S A F E T Y EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Excavator must be equipped with safety items n e c e s s a r y for each job. Ask your dealer about attachments and
accessories.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

S E A T B E L T : Check belt fasteners and c h e c k for damaged webbing or buckle.


SLEWLOCK
O P E R A T O R C A B ( R O P S and T O P S ) It must be on the excavator with all fasteners tight.
O P E R A T O R ' S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
MACHINE AND ATTACHMENT S A F E T Y S I G N S ( D E C A L S ) : Replace if damaged, clean if soiled.
S P E C I A L A P P L I C A T I O N S KIT
G R A B H A N D L E S : Replace if damaged.
S A F E T Y T R E A D S : Replace if damaged.
OSW49-0509

OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS


CORRECT

WARNING

Operator must have instructions


before
operating
the
machine.
Untrained operators can cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502

Safety Alert Symbol:

CORRECT

\7u

/k

Never use the breaker without


instructions. See machine signs
(decals), Operation & Maintenance
Manual and Operator's Handbook.

CORRECT

WRONG

B-23334

B-23333

Never use loader backhoe without


operator cab with ROPS and FOPS
approval.

Always fasten seat belt securely & Keep


arms and legs inside operator's rea.
Always oprate the controls from the
operator's position only.

WRONG

t-- fe,

P-90216

This symbol is used for important safety


messages. When you see this symbol,
follow the safety messages to avoid
personal injury or death.

A^

Keep bystanders away from the


swing rea and stabilizers.
^ k Oprate the backhoe and stabilizers
from the operator's rea only.

WRONG

WRONG

B-2333C

B-23327

S
j r * *

- ^ ^

B-23331

Do not use loader backhoe in


atmosphere with explosive dust,
gas, or where exhaust can contact
flammable material.
VV Avoid cutting gas, electric, or other
utility Unes.

WRONG

^ k Never demolish load bearing walls.


Keep other personnel away from
work rea.

1ii\ vK

w
B-2332A

^ k Always carry attachment as low as


possible.
^ k Do not travel or turn with attachment
extended.

// m

n. WRONG
TO

WRONG

SlL.
B-23329

A
A

^ k . D o not undercut machine which can


cause machine to fall.
JjL Check rules and regulations at your
location.
Operator and bystanders must wear
goggles, hard hats, and hearing
protection.

Never leave machine with engine


running or with backhoe boom up.
To park, engage parking brake and
put attachment on the ground.

B-23326

Never modify equipment or add


^^attachments not approved by Bobcat
Company.
^ k Never demolish ceilings or overhead
structure.

S A F E T Y EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Loader Backhoe must be equipped with safety items n e c e s s a r y for each job. Ask your dealer about
attachments and a c c e s s o r i e s .
1. S E A T B E L T : Check belt fasteners and check for damaged webbing or buckle.
2. OPERATOR C A B ( R O P S and F O P S ) : It must be on the loader backhoe with all fasteners tight.
3. O P E R A T O R ' S HANDBOOK: Must be in the cab.
4. PARKING B R A K E : Check for correct operation.
5. MACHINE AND ATTACHMENT S A F E T Y SIGNS ( D E C A L S ) : Replace if damaged, clean if soiled.
6. P R E S S TO DRIVE S Y S T E M : Check function.
7. G R A B H A N D L E S : Replace if damaged.
8. S A F E T Y T R E A D S : Replace if damaged.
9. LIFT ARM S U P P O R T D E V I C E AND/OR B A C K H O E SWING L O C K PIN
OSW50-0509

OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS


CORRECT

WARNING

Operator
must have instructions
before
operating
the
machine.
Untrained
operators
can
cause
injury or death.
W-2001-0502
P-90216

Safety Alert Symbol:

T h i s symbol is u s e d for important safety


m e s s a g e s . When you s e e this symbol,
follow the safety m e s s a g e s to avoid
personal injury or death.

Never
u s e the breaker
without
instructions. S e e attachment safety
s i g n s (decals), a n d Operation &
Maintenance Manual.

CORRECT

WRONG

NA1604

NA1618

Always install approved lift arm


support device when servicing mini
loader when lift arms are raised.

j j * ^ Oprate only from the operator's


A position at the rear of the mini loader.
Am. Always keep your hands on the
controls.
Stay away from the tracks.

Jk

Never oprate the breaker and mini


loader near drop offs.

WRONG

WRONG

WRONG

Ms

h!

/V

D o not u s e mini
loader
in
a t m o s p h e r e with e x p l o s i v e d u s t ,
g a s , or w h e r e e x h a u s t c a n c o n t a d
flammable material.
Avoid cutting g a s , e l e c t r i c , o r other
utility l i n e s .

"^fe^S*.

NA1606

NA1607

Never demolish load bearing walls.


VW Keep other
work rea.

personnel away

from

jA

.
Jk

Always carry attachment a s low a s


possible.
Do not travel or turn with lift a r m s
up.

u n

WRONG

A?/
NA1605

NA1603

NA1610

A
A

Never leave machine with engine


running or with lift a r m s up.
To park, engage parking brake a n d
put attachment on the ground.

NA1609

d e r c u t machine which c a n
c a u s e machine to fall.
^ C h e c k rules and regulations at your
location.
Operator and bystanders must wear
goggles, hard hats, a n d hearing
protection.

WRONG

WRONG

Never modify equipment or a d d


attachments not approved by Bobcat
Company.
^ Never demolish ceilings or overhead
structure.

S A F E T Y EQUIPMENT
The Bobcat Mini Loader must be equipped with safety items n e c e s s a r y for each job. A s k your dealer about attachments
and

accessories.
1.
2.
3.
4.

MACHINE AND ATTACHMENT S A F E T Y S I G N S ( D E C A L S ) : Replace if damaged, clean if soiled.


LIFT A R M S U P P O R T D E V I C E : Replace if damaged.
PARKING B R A K E : Check function, adjust or repair if necessary.
R E V E R S E S T O P PANEL: C h e c k function.
OSW67-0509

CONTENTS
FOREWORD

11

SAFETY AND TRAINING RESOURCES

23

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

31

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

149

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS

179

SPECIFICATIONS

185

WARRANTY

193

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

197

R E F E R E N C E INFORMATION
Write the correct nformation for YOUR Bobcat attachment in the spaces below. Always use these numbers when
referring to your Bobcat attachment.
Attachment Serial Number

NOTES:

YOUR BOBCAT DEALER:

ADDRESS:

PHONE:

Bobcat Company
P.O. Box 128
Gwinner, ND 58040-0128
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Doosan Benelux SA
Drve Richelle 167
B-1410 Waterloo
BELGIUM

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

FOREWORD
This Operation & Maintenance Manual was written to give the owner / operator instructions on the safe operation
and maintenance of the Bobcat attachment. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL BEFORE OPERATING YOUR BOBCAT ATTACHMENT. If you have any questions, see your Bobcat
dealer. This manual may Ilstrate options and accessories not installed on your Bobcat attachment.

BOBCAT COMPANY IS ISO 9001 CERTIFIED

13

SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION

15

Attachment Serial Number

15

DELIVERY REPORT

16

ATTACHMENT IDENTIFICATION

17

FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES

19

Standard Items
Options And Accessories
Available Breaker Bits
Special Applications Kit For Loaders
Falling Object Guard Structure (FOGS) For Excavators
Special Applications Kit For Excavators

11

19
19
19
20
20
21

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

BOBCAT COMPANY IS ISO 9001 CERTIFIED

C IKTIFICAT N U M A E R : F M

31613

ISO 9001 is an international standard that specifies requirements for a quality management system that controls the
processes and procedures which we use to design, develop, manufacture and distribute Bobcat products.
British Standards Institute (BSI) is the Certified Registrar Bobcat Company chose to assess the Company's compliance
with the ISO 9001 at Bobcat's manufacturing facilities in Gwinner and Bismarck, North Dakota (U.S.A.), Pontchateau
(France), Dobris (Czech Republic) and the Bobcat corporate offices (Gwinner, Bismarck & West Fargo) in North Dakota.
Only certified assessors, like BSI, can grant registrations.
ISO 9001 means that as a company we say what we do and do what we say. In other words, we have established
procedures and policies, and we provide evidence that the procedures and policies are followed.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING


Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the
state of California to cause cncer, birth defects and other
reproductive harm.

13

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Figure 3

S E R I A L NUMBER LOCATION

HB280

Attachment Serial Number


Figure 1
E A R L I E R MODELS

P-72255

Always use the serial number of the breaker when


requesting service information or when ordering parts.
Early or later models (identification made by serial
number) may use different parts, or it may be necessary
to use a different procedure in doing a specific service
operation.

Figure 2
I

LATER M O D E L S

The breaker serial number pate (Item 1) [Figure 1],


[Figure 2] or [Figure 3] is located on the frame.
Figure 4

NOTE: The breaker serial number (Item 1) [Figure 4]


is also etched into the face of the breaker
power cell between the hydraulic ports.

15

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

DELIVERY R E P O R T
Figure 5

NA7494

The delivery report [Figure 5] contains a list of items that


must be explained or shown to the owner or operator by
the dealer when the Bobcat breaker is delivered.
The delivery report must be reviewed and signed by the
owner or operator and the dealer.

16

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENT IDENTIFICATION
SHOWN WITHOUT MOUNTING FRAME

HOUSING

COUPLERS
I

17

P-94114

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENT IDENTIFICATION (CONT'D)


PIN-ON MOUNTING FRAME

X-CHANGE MOUNTING F R A M E
BREAKER
MOUNT

BREAKER
MOUNT

PIN-ON
MOUNT

X-CHANGE
MOUNT

P-88736

P-88735

BOB-TACH / X-CHANGE MOUNTING FRAME

BOB-TACH MOUNTING FRAME

STEP
STEP

BREAKER
MOUNT

STEP

BOB-TACH
MOUNT

X-CHANGE
MOUNT

BOB-TACH
MOUNT

HOSE GUIDE

H O S E GUIDE
P-88738

P-88737

18

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F E A T U R E S AND A C C E S S O R I E S

Available Breaker Bits

The breaker is equipped with the following Standard


items:

NOTE: See your Bobcat dealer for available bits for


your model breaker.
Figure 6

Standard Items
Breaker Cradle.
Hose Guard.
Upper and Lower Shock Absorbers.
Options And A c c e s s o r i e s
Breaker Mounting Caps.
Loader Mounting Frames.

Excavator Mounting Frames.

Hose Kits.

1 1

P-96850

Breaker Bit Identification [Figure 6].


1.

In-Line Chisel Asphalt Cutter.

2.

Nail Point.

3.

Cross-Cut Asphalt Chisel.

4.

In-Line Chisel.

5.

Blunt Tool.

6.

Tamping Pad.

7.

Cross-Cut Chisel.

8.

Moil (Conical) Point.

9.

Cross-Cut Wide Chisel.

10. In-Line Asphalt Chisel.

19

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Falling
Object
Excavators

F E A T U R E S AND A C C E S S O R I E S (CONT'D)

Guard

Structure

(FOGS)

For

Special Applications Kit For Loaders

WARNING

WARNING

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Some attachment applications can c a u s e flying
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to
provide
added
operator
protection
in these
applications.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Some attachment applications can cause flying
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to
provide
added
operator
protection
in these
applications.

W-2737-0508

W-2737-0508

Figure 8
Figure 7

OVERHEAD

B-25286A

The Falling Object Guard Structure (FOGS) provides


additional protection from smaller objects which can fall
on the canopy or cab.

Available for special applications to restrict material from


entering cab openings. Kit includes 12,7 mm (1/2 in) thick
polycarbonate front door. top and rear Windows [Figure

n
For the canopy or cab to meet the Falling Object Guard
Structure (FOGS) (ISO 10262 - level 1), the excavator
must have the overhead guard and the Special
Applications Kit installed [Figure 8] and [Figure 9].

See your Bobcat dealer for available special applications


kit for your model loader.

See your Bobcat dealer for available falling object guard


structure kit for your model excavator.

20

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F E A T U R E S AND A C C E S S O R I E S (CONT'D)
Special Applications Kit For Excavators

WARNING

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Some attachment applications can cause flying
debris or objects to enter front, top or rear cab
openings. Install the Special Applications Kit to
provide
added
operator
protection
in these
applications.
W-2737-0508

Figure 9

The Special Applications Kit [Figure 9] can be installed


when certain attachments are used on the excavator to
restrict material from entering the canopy or cab opening.
The Special Applications Kit includes an upper and lower
screen guard.
See your Bobcat dealer for available special applications
kit for your model excavator.

21

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

S A F E T Y AND TRAINING R E S O U R C E S
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Safe Operation Is The Operator's Responsibility
Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator
Use Safety Rules
Cali Before You Dig
Avoid Silica Dust

25
25
25
26
26
26

FIRE PREVENTION
Maintenance
Operation
Electrical
Hydraulic System
Fueling
Starting
Spark Arrester Exhaust System
Welding And Grinding
Fire Extinguishers

27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
28
28

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING RESOURCES

29

ATTACHMENT SIGNS (DECALS)

30

23

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

S A F E T Y INSTRUCTIONS

Safe Operation Needs A Qualified Operator

Safe Operation Is The Operator's Responsibility

For an operator to be qualified, he or she must not use


drugs or alcoholic drinks which impair alertness or
coordination while working. An operator who is taking
prescription drugs must get medical advice to determine
if he or she can safely oprate a machine and the
attachment.

Safety Alert Symbol

This symbol with a warning statement means:


"Warning, be alert! Your safety is involved!"
Carefully read the message that follows.

A Qualified Operator Must Do The Following:


Understand
Regulations

Written

1-2019-0284

and

Check the rules and regulations at your location. The


rules may include an employer's work safety
requirements. Regulations may apply to local driving
requirements or use of a Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV)
emblem. Regulations may identify a hazard such as a
utility line.

Have Training with Actual

This notice identifies procedures which must be


followed to avoid damage to the machine.

Rules

The written instructions from Bobcat Company


include
the
Delivery
Report,
Operation
&
Maintenance Manual, Operator's Handbook, Safety
Manual and machine signs (decals).

W-2001-0502

IMPORTANT

Instructions,

WARNING

Operator must have instructions before operating the


machine. Untrained operators can cause injury or
death.

the

Operation

Operator training must consist of a demonstraron and


verbal instruction. This training is given by your
Bobcat dealer before the product is delivered.

The new operator must start in an rea without


bystanders and use all the controls until he or she can
oprate the machine and attachment safely under all
conditions of the work rea. Always fasten seat belt
before operating.

Know the Work Conditions

Know the weight of the materials being handled.


Avoid exceeding the machine load capacities.
Material which is very dense will be heavier than the
same volume of less dense material. Reduce the size
of load if handling dense material.

The operator must know any prohibited uses or work


reas, for example, he or she needs to know about
excessive slopes.

Know the location of any underground lines. Cali local


Utilities or the TOLL FREE phone number found in the
Cali Before You Dig section of this manual.

The Bobcat machine and attachment must be in good


operating condition before use.

Wear tight fitting clothing. Always wear safety glasses


when doing maintenance or service. Safety glasses,
respiratory equipment, hearing protection, Special
Applications Kits or a Front Window Guard are
required for some work. See your Bobcat dealer
about Bobcat safety equipment for your machine.

Check all of the items on the Bobcat Service Schedule


Deca under the 8-10 hour column or as shown in the
Operation & Maintenance Manual.

SI ATT-0913

The signal word DANGER on the machine and in the


manuals indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
D-1002-1107

WARNING

The signal word WARNING on the machine and in the


manuals indicates a potentially hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious
injury.
W-2044-1107

25

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Cali Before You Dig

S A F E T Y INSTRUCTIONS (CONT'D)
Use Safety Rules

Check for underground


attachment (if applicable).

Read and follow instructions in the machine and the


attachment's Operation & Maintenance Manual
before operating.
lines

before

operating

/V\

In addition to the design and configuration of


equipment, hazard control and accident prevention
are dependent upon the awareness, concern,
prudence and proper training of personnel involved in
the operation, transport, maintenance and storage of
equipment.

Cali Before You Dig


Dial 811 (USA Only)
1-888-258-0808 (USA & Canad)

Check that the Bob-Tach levers are in the locked


position and the wedges are fully engaged into the
holes of the attachment (if applicable).

When you cali, you will be directed to a location in your


state / province, or city for information about buried lines
(telephone, cable TV, water, sewer, gas, etc.).

Check that the attachment is securely fastened to the


machine.

Avoid Silica Dust

Make sure all the machine controls are in the


NEUTRAL position before starting the machine.

Oprate the attachment only from the operator's


position.

Oprate the attachment according to the Operation &


Maintenance Manual.

When learning to oprate the attachment, do it at a


slow rate in an rea clear of bystanders.

DO NOT permit personnel to be in the work rea


when operating the machine and attachment.

The attachment must be used ONLY on approved


machines. See your Bobcat dealer for updated list of
approved attachments for each machine model.

DO NOT modify equipment or add attachments that


are not approved by the manufacturer.

Cutting or drilling concrete containing sand or rock


containing quartz may result in exposure to silica dust.
Do not exceed Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL) to
silica dust as determined by OSHA or other job site Rules
and Regulations. Use a respirator, water spray or other
means to control dust. Silica dust can cause lung disease
and is known to the state of California to cause cncer.

DO NOT make any adjustments or repairs on the


machine or attachment while the engine is running.
Keep shields
damaged.

and

guards

in place.

Replace

if

SI ATT-0913

26

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

FIRE PREVENTION

Hydraulic System
Check hydraulic tubes, hoses and fittings for damage
and leakage. Never use open fame or bare skin to check
for leaks. Hydraulic tubes and hoses must be properly
routed and have adequate support and secure clamps.
Tighten or replace any parts that show leakage.
Always clean fluid spills. Do not use gasoline or diesel
fuel for cleaning parts. Use commercial nonflammable
solvents.

Maintenance
The machine and some attachments have components
that are at high temperatures under normal operating
conditions. The primary source of high temperatures is
the engine and exhaust system. The electrical system, if
damaged or incorrectly maintained, can be a source of
ares or sparks.

Fueling

Flammable debris (leaves, straw, etc.) must be removed


regularly. If flammable debris is allowed to accumulate, it
can cause a fire hazard. Clean often to avoid this
accumulation.
Flammable debris
in the
engine
compartment is a potential fire hazard.

Stop the engine and let it cool before adding fuel. No


smoking! Do not refuel a machine near open flames or
sparks. Fill the fuel tank outdoors.

The operator's rea, engine compartment and engine


cooling system must be inspected every day and cleaned
if necessary to prevent fire hazards and overheating.
All fuels, most lubricants and some coolant mixtures are
flammable. Flammable fluids that are leaking or spilled
onto hot surfaces or onto electrical components can
cause a fire.

Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a greater static


ignition hazard than earlier diesel formulations with
higher Sulfur content. Avoid death or serious injury from
fire or explosin. Consult with your fuel or fuel system
supplier to ensure the delivery system is in compliance
with fueling standards for proper grounding and bonding
practices.

Operation

Starting

Do not use the machine where exhaust, ares, sparks or


hot components can contact flammable material,
explosive dust or gases.

Do not use ether or starting fluids on any engine that has


glow plugs. These starting aids can cause explosin and
injure you or bystanders.

Electrical

Use the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance


Manual for connecting the battery and for jump starting.
Spark Arrester Exhaust System
The spark arrester exhaust system is designed to control
the emission of hot partiles from the engine and exhaust
system, but the muffler and the exhaust gases are still
hot.

Check all electrical wiring and connections for damage.


Keep the battery terminis clean and tight. Repair or
replace any damaged part or wires that are lose or
frayed.

Check the spark arrester exhaust system regularly to


make sure it is maintained and working properly. Use the
procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual for
cleaning the spark arrester muffler (if equipped).

Battery gas can explode and cause serious injury. Use


the procedure in the Operation & Maintenance Manual
for connecting the battery and for jump starting. Do not
jump start or charge a frozen or damaged battery. Keep
any open flames or sparks away from batteries. Do not
smoke in battery charging rea.

SI ATT-0913

27

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

FIRE PREVENTION (CONT'D)


Welding And Grinding
Always clean the machine and attachment, disconnect
the battery, and disconnect the wiring from the Bobcat
controllers before welding. Cover rubber hoses, battery
and all other flammable parts. Keep a fire extinguisher
near the machine when welding.
Have good ventilation when grinding or welding painted
parts. Wear dust mask when grinding painted parts.
Toxic dust or gas can be produced.
Dust generated from repairing nonmetallic parts such as
hoods, fenders or covers can be flammable or explosive.
Repair such components in a well ventilated rea away
from open flames or sparks.
Fire Extinguishers

Know where fire extinguishers and first aid kits are


located and how to use them. Inspect the fire
extinguisher and service the fire extinguisher regularly.
Obey the recommendations on the instructions pate.

SI ATT-0913

28

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING R E S O U R C E S


The following publications are also available for your
Bobcat attachment. You can order from your Bobcat
dealer.
For the latest information on Bobcat producs and the
Bobcat Company, visit our web site at www.bobcat.com

Bobcat

Operation & Mainlenanco Man ual


HB Series Hydraulic Breaker

OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE
MANUAL
6904104enUS

Complete instructions on the correct operation and the


routine maintenance of the Bobcat Attachment.

Bobcat
Service Manual
HB Series Hydraulic Breaker

SERVICE
MANUAL
6904105

W.L,y....,v,..ii, .~rf'
i

Complete maintenance and overhaul instructions for your


Bobcat Attachment.

SAFETY
MANUAL
#6989743

Safety Manual for operating and maintenance personnel.


See your Bobcat dealer.

29

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENT SIGNS ( D E C A L S )
Follow the instructions on all the Attachment Signs (Decals) that are on the attachment. Replace any damaged attachment
signs and be sure they are in the correct locations. Attachment signs are available from your Bobcat attachment dealer.
A WARNING

A WARNING

AVOID B U R N S
Ton! lt may lio no: ifl*f opnratinr).
s
wrwn war^mt} i loo!.

AVOID I N J U R Y OR D E A T H

SERVICE SCHEDULE
Operator a n d bystarulors
mus wear goggtoa. hard
b a l and nose protection
wtion tbc breaker i s m

OMVBtfOfti

$11111
S[>*>C3l Apphcitions Kit
must b e us&a on (he c a b
w h e n ibij breaker iy
mountafl o n trie B o b - T o c h
a n d usod in applications
wher F A L L I N G debris S
presjnf.

Reut a n d urwjrsiant the


Operaliart 8 Mainienance
m a n u a l boforc* operming

ot MNvkng the tweaiccr.


Wear g o g g i e s when
scrvicing.

7112677 (2)

P-94116

B O B - T A C H / X - C H A N G E MOUNTING FRAME

A WARNING
DO NOT ENTER OR
EXITONTHiS SIDE.

5==
j|

You Couli &l<i>. lr>l> 0* tal wil become

6701391

P-88738

30

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
INITIAL SETUP
Assembly
Hose Installation

33
33
34

DAILY INSPECTION
Attachment Mounting Frame
Bob-Tach
X-Change Mount
Pn-On Attachment
Manual Spring Loaded Coupler (442 Only)

47
47
47
49
49
49

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS


Approved Loader Models And Requirements
Special Applications Kit
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance
Machine / Attachment Setup
Entering And Exiting The Loader . . .
Installation
Hydraulic Quick Couplers
Control Functions
Operation With The Loader
Removal

50
50
51
51
52
53
54
65
66
67
69

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


Approved Excavator Models And Requirements
Falling Object Guard System (FOGS)
Falling Object Guard System (FOGS) Inspection And Maintenance
Special Applications Kit
Special Applications Kit Inspection And Maintenance
Entering And Exiting the Excavator
Installation
Hydraulic Quick Couplers
Control Functions
Operation With The Excavator
Removal

73
73
75
75
75
75
76
78
95
96
100
102

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH MINI LOADERS


Approved Mini Loader Models And Requirements
Entering And Leaving The Operator's Position
Installation
Hydraulic Quick Couplers
Control Functions
Operation With The Mini Loader
Removal

113
113
114
115
120
121
122
124

31

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADER BACKHOES


Approved Loader Backhoe Models And Requirements
Entering And Exiting The Loader Backhoe
Installation
Hydraulic Quick Couplers
Control Functions
Operation With The Loader Backhoe
Removal

126
126
127
. .128
135
136
137
139

LIFTING THE ATTACHMENT


Procedure

144
144

TRANSPORTING THE ATTACHMENT ON A TRAILER


Fastening
,

146
146

TRANSPORTING THE ATTACHMENT AND MACHINE ON A TRAILER


Loading And Fastening

148
148

32

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Installing
Breaker

INITIAL S E T U P

The

X-Change

Mounting

Frame

On

The

Assembly
F i g u r e 11
Installing

The Bob-Tach

Mounting

Frame

On The

Breaker

F i g u r e 10

Install a block of w o o d (Item 1) u n d e r the b r e a k e r (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 11].
Install a block of w o o d (Item 1) u n d e r t h e b r e a k e r (Item 2)

Install the X - C h a n g e m o u n t i n g f r a m e (Item 3) on t h e


b r e a k e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 11].

[ F i g u r e 10].
Install the Bob-Tach m o u n t i n g f r a m e (Item 3) o n t h e

Install the eight bolts (Item 4) [ F i g u r e 11], w a s h e r s a n d


nuts.

b r e a k e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 10].
Install the eight bolts (Item 4) [ F i g u r e 10], w a s h e r s a n d

N O T E : T h e bottom m o u n t i n g b o l t s will be i n s t a l l e d
with h o s e g u a r d .

nuts.
Install the h o s e g u a r d .

T i g h t e n the bolts a n d nuts in a c r i s s c r o s s p a t t e r n to 3 7 0


Nm (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

N O T E : T h e b o t t o m m o u n t i n g b o l t s will be i n s t a l l e d
with h o s e g u a r d .
T i g h t e n the bolts a n d nuts in a c r i s s c r o s s p a t t e r n to 3 7 0
Nm (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

33

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

H o s e Installation

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )

U s e the following list for t h e correct h o s e installation for

A s s e m b l y (Cont'd)

your model breaker and machine.


Installing

The Pin-On

Mounting

Frame

On The

Breaker

(See H B 2 8 0 ( W h e n U s e d O n 3 1 6 A n d 4 1 8 M o d e l
E x c a v a t o r s ) on P a g e 35.)

(See HB680, HB880 A n d


B r e a k e r s ) o n P a g e 37.)

F i g u r e 12

HB980

(Earlier

Model

( S e e H B 8 8 0 A n d H B 9 8 0 (Later M o d e l B r e a k e r s ) o n
P a g e 38.)

(See H B 1 1 8 0 ( W h e n U s e d O n A 3 0 0 , S 2 5 0 , S 3 0 0 ,
S330, S630, S650, T250, T300, T320, T630, T650
A n d T 8 7 0 M o d e l L o a d e r s ) o n P a g e 41.)
(See HB1180 (When Used On 442 Model Excavator)
o n P a g e 42.)

(See HB880, HB980 And HB1180 (When Used On


E 6 0 M o d e l E x c a v a t o r s ) (S/N A G S Z 1 1 3 2 0 & B e l o w )
o n P a g e 44.)

Install a block of w o o d (Item 1) u n d e r t h e b r e a k e r (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 12].

(See HB1180 (When Used On E80 A n d E85 Model


E x c a v a t o r s ) o n P a g e 45.)

Install the P i n - O n m o u n t i n g f r a m e (Item 3) o n t h e b r e a k e r


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 12].
Install the eight bolts (Item 4) [ F i g u r e 12], w a s h e r s a n d
nuts.
N O T E : T h e bottom m o u n t i n g b o l t s will b e i n s t a l l e d
with h o s e g u a r d .
T i g h t e n the bolts a n d nuts in a c r i s s c r o s s p a t t e r n to 3 7 0
Nm (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

34

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )

F i g u r e 15

H o s e Installation (Cont'd)
HB280

(When

Used

On 316 And 418 Model

Excavators)

T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s a n d c o u p l e r s
installed o n the breaker.
F i g u r e 13

Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 15] o n the 9 0


e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 14].
T i g h t e n t h e h o s e s to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
F i g u r e 16

Install the fittings (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 13].


T i g h t e n the fittings to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
F i g u r e 14

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 16] o n the h o s e


that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.

Install the t w o 90 e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 14] in the


ports.

35

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 19

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )
H o s e Installation (Cont'd)
HB280

(When

Used

On 316 And 418 Model

Excavators)

(Cont'd)
F i g u r e 17

Install the h o s e g u a r d (Item 1) using the three bolts,


w a s h e r s a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 19] p r o v i d e d w i t h the
breaker.
T i g h t e n the t h r e e nuts to 3 7 0 Nm (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

P-72251

F i g u r e 20
Install the t m a l e coupler (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 17] o n the
h o s e that c o n n e c t s to the B P p o r t .
F i g u r e 18

P-72254

T h e bolt (Item 1) a n d nut (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 20] n e e d only


to be lightly t i g h t e n e d .

R e m o v e the bolt (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 18], w a s h e r a n d nut.

36

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 23

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )
H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )
HB680,

HB880

And HB980

(Earlier

Model

Breakers)

T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s a n d c o u p l e r s
installed o n the breaker.
F i g u r e 21

Install the male c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 23] o n the h o s e


t h a t c o n n e c t s to the HP port.
Install the f e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 23] on the
h o s e that c o n n e c t s to t h e BP port.
F i g u r e 24
The

port

marked

HP

(Item

1)

[Figure

21]

will

be

c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the m a l e coupler.


T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 21] will be
c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the t m a l e coupler.
T i g h t e n the fittings to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
F i g u r e 22

Install the h o s e g u a r d (Item 1), the three bolts (Item 2 a n d


3) [ F i g u r e 2 4 ] , w a s h e r s a n d nuts.
T i g h t e n the t w o bolts a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 24] to 3 7 0
Nm (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
T h e bolt a n d nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 24] n e e d only to be
lightly t i g h t e n e d .

Install the t w o 90 e l b o w s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 22] in the


ports.
Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 2) on the 90 e l b o w s (Item 1)
[ F i g u r e 22].
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

37

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 26

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )

LATER MODELS

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )
HB880

And HB980

(Later

Model

Breakers)

T h e b r e a k e r s s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s a n d c o u p l e r s
installed on the breaker.
N O T E : W h e n u s i n g the H B 8 8 0 or H B 9 8 0 b r e a k e r s o n
A770, S630, S650, S750, S770, T630, T650,
T750 and T770
model
l o a d e r s or
E60
e x c a v a t o r ( S / N A G S Z 1 1 3 2 0 & B e l o w ) , the
b r e a k e r m u s t be e q u i p p e d with a diverter
v a l v e kit. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for a v a i l a b l e
kits.

P102549

Install t h e h o s e g u a r d . ( S e e Figure 24 o n P a g e 37.)


Install

the

straight

fitting(s)

(Item

1)

[ F i g u r e 25]

or

[ F i g u r e 26] (if required).

F i g u r e 25

Install the 4 5 fitting (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 25] (if required).


N O T E : If o p e r a t i n g the b r e a k e r o n a n E 6 0 e x c a v a t o r
( S / N A G S Z 1 1 3 2 0 & B e l o w ) , the 4 5 fitting (Item
2) [ F i g u r e 25] is i n s t a l l e d f a c i n g a w a y f r o m the
s t r a i g h t fitting.
T i g h t e n the fittings to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

38

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )

F i g u r e 29
E 6 0 E x c a v a t o r H o s e Installation ( E a r l i e r )

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )
HB880

And HB980

(Later

Model Breakers)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 27

F i g u r e 30
E 6 0 a n d E 6 3 E x c a v a t o r H o s e Installation ( L a t e r )

i
1
F i g u r e 28

Install the h o s e s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 29] or [ F i g u r e 30] o n


the fittings.
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

P102549

Install the h o s e s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 27] or [ F i g u r e 28] on


the fittings.
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

39

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )
H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )
HB880

And HB980

(Later

Model

Breakers)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 31

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 31] o n the h o s e


that c o n n e c t s to the valve P port (breaker H P p o r t ) .
Install the t m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 31] on the
h o s e that c o n n e c t s to t h e valve R port (breaker B P p o r t ) .
F i g u r e 32
E 8 0 A n d E 8 5 E x c a v a t o r H o s e Installation

P-88935

Install t h e m a l e quick c o u p l e r h o s e (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 32]


o n the straight fitting.
Install the f e m a l e quick coupler h o s e (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 32]
o n the 4 5 fitting.
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

40

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 35

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )
H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )
HB1180
(When
Used
On A300,
S250,
S300,
S630, S650, T250, 7300, T320, T630, T650 And
Model
Loaders)

S330,
T870

T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s installed o n the


breaker.
F i g u r e 33

Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 1) o n t h e 9 0 e l b o w s (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 35].
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
F i g u r e 36

T h e port m a r k e d HP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 33] will


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with t h e m a l e coupler.

be

F i g u r e 34

Install the male c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 36] o n the h o s e


that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.
Install the f e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 36] o n the
h o s e that c o n n e c t s to the BP port.

T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 34] will b e


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the t m a l e coupler.
Install the t w o 9 0 e l b o w s
[ F i g u r e 34] in the p o r t s .

(Item

1) [ F i g u r e 33]

and

41

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )

HB1180

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )

T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s installed o n the


breaker.

HB1180
(When
Used
On A300,
S250,
S300,
S630, S650, T250, T300, T320, T630, T650 And
Model Loaders)
(Cont'd)

S330,
T870

(When

Used

On 442 Model

Excavator)

F i g u r e 39

F i g u r e 37

T h e port m a r k e d HP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 39] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with t h e s c r e w t y p e quick
coupler.
R e m o v e the four bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 37], w a s h e r s a n d
F i g u r e 40

nuts.
F i g u r e 38

Install the hose g u a r d

(Item

1) using the four

T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 40] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with t h e sleeve type quick
coupler.

bolts

p r o v i d e d with the breaker, w a s h e r s a n d nuts (Item 2)


Install the t w o 90 e l b o w s
[ F i g u r e 40] in the ports.

[ F i g u r e 38].

(Item

1) [ F i g u r e 39]

and

T i g h t e n the four bolts a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 38] to


3 7 0 Nm (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
T h e bolt a n d nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 38] n e e d only to b e
lightly t i g h t e n e d .

42

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )

F i g u r e 43
F o r Model 442 O n l y

H o s e Installation (Cont'd)
HB1180

(When

Used

On 442 Model

Excavator)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 41

P-65880

Install the sleeve t y p e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 43]


o n the h o s e that c o n n e c t s to t h e HB port.
F i g u r e 44

Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 1) o n the 9 0 e l b o w s (Item 2)


[Figure 41].
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
F i g u r e 42
F o r Model 442 O n l y

R e m o v e the four bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 44], w a s h e r s a n d


nuts.

P-65881

Install the s c r e w type m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 42]


o n the h o s e that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.

43

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

HB880, HB980 And HB1180


Excavators)
(S/N AGSZ11320

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )

(When Used
& Below)

On E60

Model

H o s e Installation (Cont'd)
T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t the h o s e s installed o n the
HB1180

(When

Used

On 442 Model

Excavator)

breaker.

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 46

F i g u r e 45

Install t h e h o s e g u a r d (Item

1) using t h e four

T h e port m a r k e d HP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 46] will


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the m a l e coupler.

bolts

p r o v i d e d with the breaker, w a s h e r s a n d nuts (Item 2)

be

[ F i g u r e 45].
F i g u r e 47
T i g h t e n the four bolts a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 45] to
3 7 0 Nm (270 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
T h e bolt a n d nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 45] n e e d only to be
lightly t i g h t e n e d .

T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 47] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e with the f e m a l e coupler.
Install the t w o 90 e l b o w s (Item
[ F i g u r e 47] in the p o r t s .

44

1) [ F i g u r e 46]

and

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )

HB1180 (When
Excavators)

Used

On E80 And E85

Model

H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )
HB880, HB980 And HB1180
Excavators)
(S/N AGSZ11320

(When Used On E60


& Below)
(Cont'd)

T h e b r e a k e r is s u p p l i e d w i t h o u t t h e h o s e s installed o n t h e
breaker.

Model

F i g u r e 50
F i g u r e 48

T h e port m a r k e d HP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 50] will


c o n n e c t e d to the b r e a k e r h o s e w i t h t h e m a l e coupler.

Install the t w o h o s e s (Item 1) o n the 90 e l b o w s (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 48].

be

F i g u r e 51
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
F i g u r e 49
E60 Excavators

P-61718

T h e port m a r k e d BP (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 51] will be


c o n n e c t e d to the breaker hose with the f e m a l e coupler.

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 49] on the h o s e


that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.

Install t h e t w o 9 0 e l b o w s
[ F i g u r e 51] in the p o r t s .

(Item

1) [ F i g u r e 50]

and

Install the f e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 49] on t h e


h o s e that c o n n e c t s to the BP port.

45

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 54

INITIAL S E T U P ( C O N T ' D )
H o s e Installation ( C o n t ' d )
HB1180

(When

Excavators)

Used

On

E80

And

E85

Model

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 52

R e m o v e the four bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 54], w a s h e r s a n d


nuts.
F i g u r e 55

Install the two h o s e s (Item 1) o n the 90 e l b o w s (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 52].
T i g h t e n the h o s e s to 114 Nm (84 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
F i g u r e 53
E80 And E85 Excavators

Install the

hose

guard

(Item

1) u s i n g the four

bolts

p r o v i d e d with the breaker, w a s h e r s a n d nuts (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 55].
T i g h t e n the four bolts a n d nuts (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 55] to
3 7 0 Nm ( 2 7 0 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
P-61718

T h e bolt a n d nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 55] n e e d only to be


lightly t i g h t e n e d .

Install the male c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 53] o n the h o s e


that c o n n e c t s to the HP port.
Install the f e m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 53] o n the
hose that c o n n e c t s to the BP port.

46

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

DAILY I N S P E C T I O N

F i g u r e 57

Attachment Mounting Frame


F i g u r e 56

P u s h d o w n on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully


e n g a g e d in the locked position [ F i g u r e 57] ( w e d g e s fully
e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e holes).
T h e levers a n d w e d g e s m u s t m o v e freely [ F i g u r e 57],

Inspect the B o b - T a c h w e d g e m o u n t s (Item 1), m o u n t i n g


f l a n g e (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 56] a n d all w e l d s o n the b r e a k e r
m o u n t for w e a r a n d d a m a g e e a c h time the b r e a k e r is
removed from the machine.

F i g u r e 58

Bob-Tach
Hand Lever

Bob-Tach

^1

WARNING

Bob-Tach wedge must contact


the
lower
edge
of
the
attachment mounting
frame
ihole.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in t h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . Levers m u s t be
fully d o w n a n d locked. Failure to secure w e d g e s can
a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t t o c o m e off.

P-79780

W-2715-0208

T h e w e d g e s must e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s in
attachment mounting frame, securely fastening
a t t a c h m e n t to the Bob-Tach [ F i g u r e 58].

the
the

N O T E : If t h e w e d g e d o e s n o t c o n t a c t t h e l o w e r e d g e
of the hole, the a t t a c h m e n t will be lose and
can c o m e off the B o b - T a c h .
Inspect the m o u n t i n g f r a m e o n the a t t a c h m e n t . ( S e e the
machine's
Operation
&
Maintenance
Manual
for
inspecting the B o b - T a c h ) . R e p l a c e a n y p a r t s that are
d a m a g e d , b e n t or m i s s i n g . K e e p all f a s t e n e r s tight. Look
for c r a c k e d w e l d s . C o n t a c t your B o b c a t dealer for repair
or r e p l a c e m e n t parts.
Lubrcate t h e w e d g e s . ( S e e the m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n &
M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for the correct p r o c e d u r e . )

47

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

DAILY I N S P E C T I O N ( C O N T ' D )

F i g u r e 61

Bob-Tach (Cont'd)
Power

Bob-Tach

WARNING

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


The Bob-Tach wedges must extend through the holes
in t h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . L e v e r s m u s t b e
fully d o w n and locked. Failure to secure w e d g e s can
a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t t o c o m e off.

P-79780

W-2715-0208

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e , s e c u r e l y fastening
a t t a c h m e n t to the B o b - T a c h [ F i g u r e 6 1 ] .

F i g u r e 59
Loader Switch

the
the

N O T E : If t h e w e d g e d o e s n o t c o n t a c t t h e l o w e r e d g e
of t h e h o l e , t h e a t t a c h m e n t w i l l be l o s e a n d
c a n c o m e off t h e B o b - T a c h .
Inspect the m o u n t i n g f r a m e on the a t t a c h m e n t . (See the
machine's
Operation
&
Maintenance
Manual
for
inspecting the B o b - T a c h ) . R e p l a c e any parts that are
d a m a g e d , b e n t or m i s s i n g . K e e p all f a s t e n e r s tight. Look
for c r a c k e d w e l d s . C o n t a c t y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for repair
or r e p l a c e m e n t p a r t s .
Lubrcate the w e d g e s . ( S e e the m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n &
M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for the correct p r o c e d u r e . )

P-41500A

P u s h a n d hold the B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S D O W N " switch


(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 5 9 ] until the levers are fully e n g a g e d in
the locked position [ F i g u r e 6 0 ] ( w e d g e s fully e x t e n d e d
t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e h o l e s ) .

48

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

DAILY I N S P E C T I O N (CONT'D)

M a n u a l S p r i n g L o a d e d C o u p l e r (442 O n l y )

X - C h a n g e Mount

F i g u r e 64

F i g u r e 62

P-65765

P-61694

Inspect t h e m a n u a l s p r i n g l o a d e d c o u p l e r a n d m o u n t for
w e a r or d a m a g e . Inspect the pivot pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
64] a n d m o u n t s (on the a t t a c h m e n t ) for w e a r or d a m a g e .

Inspect the X - C h a n g e m o u n t (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 62] a n d all


w e l d s o n the breaker m o u n t for w e a r or d a m a g e e a c h
t i m e the b r e a k e r is r e m o v e d f r o m the m a c h i n e .

Repair or replace d a m a g e d parts.

Repair or replace d a m a g e d p a r t s .
Pin-On Attachment
F i g u r e 63

P-72244

Inspect the P i n - O n m o u n t for w e a r or d a m a g e . Inspect


t h e pivot pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 63] a n d m o u n t s (on the
a t t a c h m e n t ) for w e a r or d a m a g e .
Repair or replace d a m a g e d parts.

49

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S

N O T E : * W h e n u s i n g the H B 9 8 0 b r e a k e r
S630, S650, S750, S770, T630, T650,
T 7 7 0 m o d e l l o a d e r s , the b r e a k e r
e q u i p p e d with a diverter v a l v e kit.
B o b c a t d e a l e r for a v a i l a b l e k i t s .

Approved Loader Models A n d Requirements


F i g u r e 65
LOADER
MODEL
463
553

HB S E R I E S B R E A K E R
680

880

X
X

A300
A770
S70
S100
S130
S150
S160
S175
S185
S205

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

S250
S300
S330
S510
S530
S550
S570
S590

980

1180

X
*x

X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X

S630
S650
S750
S770

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
*x
*x
*x
*x

S850
T110
T140
T180
T190

X
X
X
X

T250
T300
T320
T450
T550
T590
T630
T650
T750
T770

W a r r a n t y on t h i s a t t a c h m e n t is v o i d if u s e d o n a n o n a p p r o v e d carrier. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for a n
u p d a t e d list of a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r s .

S220

S450

on A 7 7 0 ,
T750 and
must be
S e e your

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
*x
*x
*x
*x

T870

N e v e r u s e a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h a r e not
a p p r o v e d by the B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
b u c k e t s for s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
a p p r o v e d for e a c h m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
a n d b u c k e t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
W-2662-0108

X
X
X
X

F i g u r e 66
EARLIER MODELS

X
X
X
X
X
LATER MODELS

X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X

X = Approved
T h e c h a r t [ F i g u r e 65] s h o w s the b r e a k e r
a p p r o v e d for use with e a c h loader m o d e l .

WARNING

P-85281

T h e loader m u s t be e q u i p p e d with auxiliary


[ F i g u r e 66].

hydraulics

models

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D )

S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit I n s p e c t i o n A n d M a i n t e n a n c e

S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit

Inspect for c r a c k s or d a m a g e . R e p l a c e f r e q u i r e d .

Pre-rinse with w a t e r to r e m o v e gritty m a t e r i a l s .

W a s h with a mild h o u s e h o l d d e t e r g e n t a n d
water.

U s e a s p o n g e or soft cloth. Rinse well with w a t e r a n d


dry with a c l e a n soft cloth or rubber s q u e e g e e .

Do not use a b r a s i v e or high alkaline c l e a n e r s .

Do not clean with metal b l a d e s or s c r a p e r s .

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
S o m e a t t a c h m e n t a p p l i c a t i o n s c a n c a u s e flying
d e b r i s or o b j e c t s to enter front, top or r e a r c a b
o p e n i n g s . Install the S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit to
provide
added
operator
protection
in
these
applications.

warm

W-2737-0508

F i g u r e 67

B-25286A

Available for s p e c i a l applications to restrict material f r o m


e n t e r i n g c a b o p e n i n g s . Kit includes 12,70 m m (1/2 in)
thick p o l y c a r b o n a t e front door, t o p a n d rear W i n d o w s
[ F i g u r e 67].
S e e y o u r B o b c a t dealer for available s p e c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n s
kit for your m o d e l loader.

51

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D )
Machine / Attachment Setup
Hose

Guide

Installation

(Earlier

Versin)

F i g u r e 68

Install the correct h o s e guide (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 68] o n t h e


loader.
N O T E : H o s e guide styles vary between
loader
m o d e l s . H o s e g u i d e s are not i n c l u d e d with the
a t t a c h m e n t . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
a v a i l a b l e h o s e g u i d e kits.

52

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 71

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)
Entering And Exiting T h e Loader

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W h e n o p e r a t i n g the m a c h i n e :

K e e p the s e a t belt f a s t e n e d s n u g l y .

T h e s e a t bar m u s t be l o w e r e d .

K e e p y o u r feet o n the p e d a l c o n t r o l s or f o o t r e s t s
a n d h a n d s o n the c o n t r o l s .
W-2261-0909

Lower

Entering

the

seat

bar

and

engage

the

parking

brake

[ F i g u r e 71].
F i g u r e 69
Put t h e foot p e d i s or h a n d c o n t r o l s n neutral p o s i t i o n .
N O T E : K e e p your h a n d s on the steering levers and
y o u r feet o n the foot p e d i s (or

footrests)

w h i l e o p e r a t i n g the l o a d e r .
S e e t h e loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l a n d
Operator's

Handbook

for

detailed

information

on

o p e r a t i n g t h e loader.
Exiting
L o w e r t h e lift a r m s a n d put t h e a t t a c h m e n t fat on t h e

P-34036

ground.
U s e the b r e a k e r s t e p s , g r a b h a n d l e s (on c a b ) a n d t h e

Stop the engine and engage the parking brake.

safety t r e a d s (on t o p of the l o a d e r lift a r m s a n d f r a m e ) to


Lift t h e s e a t bar a n d m a k e s u r e t h e lift a n d tilt f u n c t i o n s

e n t e r a n d exit t h e loader [ F i g u r e 69].

are d e a c t i v a t e d .
F i g u r e 70

R e m o v e t h e key.
Exit the loader.

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :

L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n the


ground.

S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
Move all p e d i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d
controls

until

they

are

LOCKED

or

in

other
the

N E U T R A L position.

Enter t h e loader. Fasten t h e s e a t belt a n d adjust t so t h e

SEE

buckle is c e n t e r e d b e t w e e n y o u r hips [ F i g u r e 70].

T H E MACHINE O P E R A T I O N &

MAINTENANCE

MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.
W-2722-0208

53

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 73

Installation
Hand

Lever

Bob-Tach

NOTE: The

attachment

mounting

frame

for

the

a t t a c h m e n t h a s a top f l a n g e that is d e s i g n e d
to r e c e i v e the top e d g e of the B o b - T a c h a n d
the lower part of the f r a m e

is d e s i g n e d to

r e c e i v e the B o b - T a c h w e d g e s .

A WARNING

B-23271

W a r n i n g s o n the m a c h i n e a n d in the m a n u a l s a r e for


your

safety.

F a i l u r e to

obey

warnings can

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d tilt t h e Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .

cause

s e r i o u s injury or d e a t h .
W-2744-0608

Drive t h e l o a d e r slowly f o r w a r d until t h e t o p e d g e of the


Bob-Tach

A l w a y s inspect the loader's B o b - T a c h a n d t h e a t t a c h m e n t


mounting

frame

Operation

&

before

installation.

Maintenance

See

Manual.

the

loader's

(See

DAILY

is c o m p l e t e l y

under

the top flange

of

the

a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e [ F i g u r e 73].
N O T E : B e s u r e the B o b - T a c h l e v e r s d o not hit the
attachment.

I N S P E C T I O N on Page 47.)

F i g u r e 74

F i g u r e 72

Pul t h e Bob-Tach levers up until t h e y are fully

raised

( w e d g e s fully raised) [ F i g u r e 72].


Tilt t h e B o b - T a c h b a c k w a r d until the a t t a c h m e n t is slightly
Enter t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r

off

on Page 53.)

a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e to fit up a g a i n s t t h e front of

the

ground

[Figure

74].

This

will

cause

the

the Bob-Tach.
Start

the

engine,

press

the

PRESS

TO

OPERATE

L O A D E R button a n d relase t h e p a r k i n g brake.

N O T E : W h e n l e a v i n g the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t to install a n


attachment,

tilt

the

attachment

until

it

is

s l i g h t l y off the g r o u n d .
S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d
Exiting T h e L o a d e r on Page 53.)

54

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 76

Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Hand Lever

Bob-Tach

(Cont'd)

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t :

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fat on


the g r o u n d .

Frame Contact Points


P-94955

S t o p the e n g i n e .
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
R a i s e the s e a t bar.
M o v e all c o n t r o l s to the N E U T R A L / L O C K E D
p o s i t i o n to m a k e s u r e the lift, tilt a n d t r a c t i o n
drive f u n c t i o n s a r e d e a c t i v a t e d .

B o t h levers m u s t c o n t a c t the f r a m e as s h o w n
locked [ F i g u r e 76].

when

If both levers do not e n g a g e in t h e locked position, s e e


your B o b c a t d e a l e r for m a i n t e n a n c e .

T h e seat bar s y s t e m must deactivate t h e s e functions


w h e n the s e a t bar is up. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
s e r v i c e if c o n t r o l s do not d e a c t i v a t e .

W-2463-1110

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
T h e B o b - T a c h w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s
in the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . L e v e r s m u s t b e
fully d o w n a n d l o c k e d . F a i l u r e to s e c u r e w e d g e s c a n
allow a t t a c h m e n t to c o m e off.

F i g u r e 75

W-2715-0208

Figure 77

P u s h d o w n o n the Bob-Tach levers until they a r e fully


e n g a g e d in the locked position [ F i g u r e 75] ( w e d g e s fully
e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e h o l e s ) .

P-79780

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in
attachment mounting frame, securely fastening
a t t a c h m e n t to the B o b - T a c h [ F i g u r e 77].

the
the

C o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 65.)

55

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Figure 78

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Power

Bob-Tach

A WARNING
W a r n i n g s o n the m a c h i n e a n d in the m a n u a l s a r e for
your

safety.

F a i l u r e to

obey

warnings

can

cause

s e r i o u s injury o r d e a t h .
W-2744-0608
B-15993A

T h i s loader m a y be e q u i p p e d w i t h a Power B o b - T a c h .
Figure 79
Enter t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r
on Page 53.)
Start

the

engine,

press

the

PRESS

TO

OPERATE

L O A D E R b u t t o n a n d relase the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

Vf
^

\'
/

;*i-1

JO

a a E S J M J ^ C riBx
vM

n*

-1E

r !f

n iiv-u

i]n

P u s h a n d hold t h e B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S
(Item

1) [ F i g u r e 78]

-\

P-41500

UP" switch

until t h e levers a r e fully

raised

( w e d g e s fully raised) [ F i g u r e 7 9 ] .

56

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 82

Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Power

Bob-Tach

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 80

B-15993A

NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous


p r e s s u r i z e d h y d r a u l i c oil to k e e p the w e d g e s
in
the
engaged
position
and
prevent
attachment
disengagement. Because
the
w e d g e s c a n s l o w l y lower, the o p e r a t o r m a y
n e e d to r e a c t v a t e the s w i t c h ( B O B - T A C H
" W E D G E S U P " ) to be s u r e both w e d g e s a r e
fully r a i s e d before i n s t a l l i n g the a t t a c h m e n t .

B-23271

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d tilt the Bob-Tach slightly f o r w a r d .


Drive the l o a d e r slowly f o r w a r d until the top e d g e of the
Bob-Tach is c o m p l e t e l y u n d e r t h e t o p f l a n g e of the
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e [ F i g u r e 80].

P u s h a n d hold the B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S U P " switch


(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 82] until the levers are fully raised
( w e d g e s fully raised).

N O T E : B e s u r e the B o b - T a c h l e v e r s d o not hit the


attachment.

F i g u r e 83

F i g u r e 81

P u s h a n d hpjd the B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S D O W N " switch


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 82] until the levers are fully e n g a g e d in
the locked position [ F i g u r e 83] ( w e d g e s fully e x t e n d e d
t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e h o l e s ) .

B-23272

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d slightly.


Tilt the B o b - T a c h b a c k w a r d until the a t t a c h m e n t is slightly
off the g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 81]. This will c a u s e the
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e to fit up a g a i n s t the front of
the B o b - T a c h .

57

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

i
O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Power

Bob-Tach

(Cont'd)

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
T h e B o b - T a c h w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s
in the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . L e v e r s m u s t b e
fully d o w n a n d l o c k e d . F a i l u r e to s e c u r e w e d g e s c a n
a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t to c o m e off.

F i g u r e 84

W-2715-0208

F i g u r e 85

Frame Contact Points


P-94955

Both levers m u s t contact t h e f r a m e as s h o w n

when

locked [ F i g u r e 84].
If both levers do not e n g a g e in the locked position, s e e
your B o b c a t dealer for m a i n t e n a n c e .
P-79780

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in
attachment mounting frame, securely fastening
a t t a c h m e n t to the Bob-Tach [ F i g u r e 85].

the
the

L o w e r t h e lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n t h e


ground.

58

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

Bob-Tach

Installation ( C o n t ' d )

F i g u r e 86

Power

Bob-Tach

/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Pin-On)

(Cont'd)

S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d exit t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d
Exiting T h e L o a d e r o n P a g e 53.)

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t :

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n


the g r o u n d .

S t o p the e n g i n e .

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

R a i s e the s e a t bar.

Move all c o n t r o l s to the

Install t h e b r e a k e r m o u n t (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 86] on t h e


NEUTRAL /

LOCKED

p o s i t i o n to m a k e s u r e the lift, tilt a n d

loader.

traction

drive f u n c t i o n s a r e d e a c t i v a t e d .
Place t h e b r e a k e r o n a block (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 86].
T h e s e a t bar s y s t e m m u s t d e a c t i v a t e t h e s e f u n c t i o n s
Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .

w h e n the s e a t b a r i s u p . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
s e r v i c e if c o n t r o l s d o not d e a c t i v a t e .

Drive t h e loader f o r w a r d until t h e b r e a k e r m o u n t f r a m e


W-2463-1110

e n g a g e s the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 86].
F i g u r e 87

C o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s on P a g e 65.)

V
V

P-88686

Tilt the Bob-Tach b a c k w a r d until t h e b r e a k e r is slightly off


t h e g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 87].
S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d
Exiting T h e L o a d e r on Page 53.)

59

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)
Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Bob-Tach

/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Pin-On)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 88

Drive the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 89] t h r o u g h the b r e a k e r


m o u n t and X - C h a n g e .
F i g u r e 90

P-49705

Inspect the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 88] for w e a r or d a m a g e .


R e p l a c e the pin as n e e d e d .
A p p l y a light coat of g r e a s e to the e n d s of the pin (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 88].

Install the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 90].

60

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

Bob-Tach

Installation (Cont'd)

Figure 92

Bob-Tach/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Pin-On)

/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Bolt-On)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 91

Install the b r e a k e r m o u n t (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 9 2 ] o n t h e


loader.
Place the b r e a k e r on a block (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 9 2 ] .
Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader's O p e r a t i o n &
M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l a n d O p e r a t o r ' s H a n d b o o k for
correct procedure.)

Enter the loader. ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r


o n P a g e 53.)

R o u t e the hydraulic h o s e s t h r o u g h t h e h o s e guides (Item


1) [ F i g u r e 9 1 ] on the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

S t a r t the e n g i n e , p r e s s the P R E S S T O O P E R A T E
L O A D E R button a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.

C o n n e c t the hose c o u p l e r s to the loader quick c o u p l e r s .


( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 65.)

Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .


Drive the loader f o r w a r d until t h e b r e a k e r m o u n t f r a m e
e n g a g e s the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 9 2 ] .

Turn the hoses so they are not t w i s t e d or k i n k e d .


T h e h o s e s s h o u l d route
g u i d e s to the breaker.

smoothly

through

the

hose

T h e h o s e s must not c o n t a c t t h e tires or tracks.

61

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 95

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Bob-Tach

/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Bolt-On)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 93

Install the bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 95].


Tighten the bolts to 170 - 190 N v n ( 1 2 5 - 140 ft-lb)
torque. Re t o r q u e the bolts after every eight h o u r s of
operation.

P-88686

Tilt the Bob-Tach b a c k w a r d until t h e b r e a k e r is slightly off

N O T E : Do not o v e r t o r q u e the b o l t s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


9 5 ] . O v e r t o r q u i n g m a y c a u s e bolt or t h r e a d
d a m a g e or c o u l d r e s u l t in the b o l t s b r e a k i n g
during operation.

the g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 93].
S t o p the e n g i n e a n d exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d
Exiting T h e L o a d e r on Page 53.)
F i g u r e 94

Install t h e pate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 94].

62

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D )
Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Hose

Routing

(Earlier

Versin)

F i g u r e 96

R o u t e h o s e s t h r o u g h h o s e guide (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 9 6 ]
a n d c o n n e c t quick c o u p l e r s to the loader. ( S e e For First
T i m e Installation on P a g e 64.)
N O T E : Hose guide styles vary between
loader
m o d e l s . H o s e g u i d e s are not i n c l u d e d with t h e
a t t a c h m e n t . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
a v a i l a b l e h o s e g u i d e kits.

63

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

R o t a t e the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s a s n e e d e d so t h e

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

h o s e s are not t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g p a r t s of


Installation ( C o n t ' d )

t h e loader or a t t a c h m e n t .

For First

With

Time

Installation

the

twist(s)

removed

from

the

hydraulic

hoses,

t i g h t e n the a t t a c h m e n t quick c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s w h i l e
New a t t a c h m e n t s a n d n e w l o a d e r s are f a c t o r y e q u i p p e d

t h e c o u p l e r s are still c o n n e c t e d to t h e loader. T h i s will

with

h e l p hold t h e hydraulic h o s e s in position w h i l e t i g h t e n i n g .

flush

equipped

face
with

couplers.
poppet

If

style

installing

an

attachment

couplers, the

attachment

c o u p l e r s will h a v e to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h t h e loader.

T i g h t e n the quick c o u p l e r s c o n n e c t i o n s to 63 Nm (46 ft-

S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s i n f o r m a t i o n .

lb) t o r q u e before s t a r t i n g the loader.


Enter t h e loader. (See E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r
o n Page 53.)

IMPORTANT

Start

the

engine,

press

the

PRESS

TO

OPERATE

L O A D E R button a n d r e l a s e t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e .

Thoroughly

clean

the

quick

couplers

before

m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt c a n q u i c k l y d a m a g e the

E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. (See the loader's O p e r a t i o n

system.

&

C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil l e a k a g e in

Maintenance

Manual and Operator's

Handbook

for

correct procedure.)

an

environmentally safe manner.


1-2278-0608

A WARNING

W i t h the loader e n g i n e off a n d u s i n g t h e h o s e g u i d e s (if


e q u i p p e d ) , route t h e a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s to t h e
loader. C o n n e c t t h e a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic quick c o u p l e r s

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H

to the loader c o u p l e r s . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n

D i e s e l fuel or

Page 65.)

p e n t r a t e s k i n or e y e s , c a u s i n g s e r i o u s

h y d r a u l i c fluid u n d e r

pressure
injury

can
or

d e a t h . F l u i d l e a k s u n d e r p r e s s u r e m a y not be v i s i b l e .
Check

that

the

attachment

hydraulic

hoses

are

not

U s e a p i e c e of c a r d b o a r d or w o o d to find l e a k s . Do

t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g p a r t s of t h e l o a d e r or

not u s e y o u r b a r e h a n d . W e a r s a f e t y g o g g l e s . If fluid

attachment.

e n t e r s s k i n or e y e s , get i m m e d i a t e m e d i c a l attention
f r o m a p h y s i c i a n familiar with t h i s injury.

N O T E : It

may

be

necessary

to

loosen

the

quick

W-2072-0807

c o u p l e r s o n the a t t a c h m e n t h y d r a u l i c h o s e s
to r e m o v e a n y t w i s t s in the h o s e s .
Check

the

attachment

hydraulic

quick

coupler

c o n n e c t i o n s for leaks.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY O R D E A T H
W e a r s a f e t y g l a s s e s to p r e v e n t e y e injury w h e n a n y
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :

When fluids are under p r e s s u r e .

F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o s e material i s p r e s e n t .

Engine is running.

Tools are being u s e d .


W-2019-0907

L o o s e n the q u i c k c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e a t t a c h m e n t
hydraulic h o s e s w h i l e c o n n e c t e d to the loader. D o not
r e m o v e the quick c o u p l e r s .

64

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 98

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS (CONT'D)

LATER MODELS

Hydraulic Quick Couplers

IMPORTANT

Thoroughly

clean

the

quick

couplers

before

m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt can q u i c k l y d a m a g e the


system.

Contain

and dispose

of any

oil

leakage

in

an

environmentally safe manner.


1-2278-0608

N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d n e w loaders are factory e q u i p p e d


with

flush

equipped

face
with

couplers.
poppet

If

style

an

attachment

couplers, the

installing

attachment

A WARNING

c o u p l e r s will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h t h e loader.


S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s i n f o r m a t i o n .
NOTE: Make

sure

the

quick

couplers

are

e n g a g e d . If t h e q u i c k c o u p l e r s d o n o t

fully

AVOID BURNS

fully

Hydraulic

engage, check to see that the couplers are the

fluid, tubes, fittings and

quick

couplers

can get hot w h e n r u n n i n g machine and attachments.

same size and type.

Be careful w h e n c o n n e c t i n g and d i s c o n n e c t i n g quick


couplers.
W-2220-0396

F i g u r e 97
EARLIER MODELS
To

Connect:

R e m o v e any dirt or d e b r i s f r o m t h e s u r f a c e of both t h e


male and female couplers, and from the outside diameter
of the

male

coupler.

Visually c h e c k t h e c o u p l e r s

for

c o r r o d i n g , c r a c k i n g , d a m a g e , or e x c e s s i v e wear. If any of
t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s exist, t h e coupler(s) m u s t be r e p l a c e d
[ F i g u r e 9 7 ] or [ F i g u r e 9 8 ] .
Install t h e m a l e c o u p l e r

into t h e f e m a l e coupler.

Full

c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n t h e ball relase sleeve slides


f o r w a r d on t h e f e m a l e c o u p l e r [ F i g u r e 9 7 ] or [ F i g u r e 9 8 ] .
NOTE: Check that the attachment hydraulic
are

not

twisted

or

contacting

any

hoses
moving

p a r t s of t h e loader or a t t a c h m e n t . (See For


First T i m e I n s t a l l a t i o n o n Page 64.) f o r p r o p e r
adjustment.
To

Disconnect:

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the loader's O p e r a t i o n &


Maintenance

Manual

and

Operator's

Handbook

for

correct p r o c e d u r e . )
P u s h t h e c o u p l e r s together, retract the sleeve o n t h e
f e m a l e c o u p l e r until t h e c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t .

65

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D )

F i g u r e 100
Electric Auxiliary Controls

Control Functions

Standard and A C S

S J C and SCPA

Enter the loader. (See Entering A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r


on Page 53.)
Start the engine.
E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. (See the loader's O p e r a t i o n
& M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l and Operator's H a n d b o o k for
correct procedure.)
N O T E : T h e auxiliary h y d r a u l i c s m u s t be
prior to a t t a c h m e n t o p e r a t i o n .

activated

F i g u r e 99
Manual Auxiliary Controls
4 6 3 , 553 & S 7 0

Continuous

Flow

JES
Press the front button (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 100] on the right
s t e e r i n g lever o n c e for c o n t i n u o u s flow to the front
auxiliary quick c o u p l e r s (hydraulic b r e a k e r starts).
P u s h the button (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 100] a s e c o n d t i m e to
d i s e n g a g e c o n t i n u o u s flow (detent) (hydraulic b r e a k e r
stops).
N O T E : S e e the l o a d e r ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e
M a n u a l for m o r e information o n o p e r a t i o n of
the A u x i l i a r y H y d r a u l i c S y s t e m for y o u r m o d e l
loader.

To start the breaker, m o v e the right steering lever (Item 1)


or the right steering lever handle (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 99] to
the right.
For c o n t i n u o u s hydraulic flow, m o v e the right s t e e r i n g
lever (Item 1) or right steering h a n d l e (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 99]
fully to the right.
To stop the breaker, m o v e the right steering lever (Item 1)
or the right steering lever h a n d l e (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 99] to
the c e n t e r position.
N O T E : R e m o v e the auxiliary c o n t r o l l o c k o u t bolt a n d
nut (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 99] ( S 1 0 0 a n d T 1 1 0 ) b e f o r e
u s i n g the a u x i l i a r y c o n t r o l for the first time.

66

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 101
Vertical Operating Position

O p e r a t i o n With T h e L o a d e r
N O T E : S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n K i t s a r e a v a i l a b l e for the
loaders.

Special

Application

Kits

must

be

u s e d in a p p l i c a t i o n s w h e r e falling d e b r i s i s
present.

See

your

Bobcat

dealer

for

availability.

A WARNING
AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H

Operator

and

bystanders must

wear

P-88721

goggles,

h a r d hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r is
in o p e r a t i o n .

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in t h e vertical position [ F i g u r e 101], o n

D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .

Keep

all

bystanders

(20

ft)

away

fat m a t e r i a l , keep t h e tool vertical or c u r l e d b a c k a s m a l l

from

a m o u n t to direct t h e i m p a c t forc d o w n w a r d a n d slightly

equipment when operating.

t o w a r d t h e loader.
W-2627-0910

F i g u r e 102
For t h e first t i m e use o n a rebuilt breaker, use low e n g i n e
rpm

and

feather

the

hydraulics

to

fill

the

Horizontal Operating Position

internal

p a s s a g e s of t h e b r e a k e r with hydraulic oil. If t h e b r e a k e r


is u s e d w i t h o u t first f l o o d i n g t h e hydraulic

passages,

internal d a m a g e m a y result.
In c o l d w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s , w a r m t h e loader
fluid

to

operating

temperature

before

hydraulic

operating

the

breaker.

P-88720

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in t h e horizontal position [ F i g u r e 102],


w o r k near the e d g e .

67

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

U s e the following p r o c e d u r e s as a g u i d e w h e n o p e r a t i n g

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)

the breaker:
O p e r a t i o n With T h e L o a d e r ( C o n t ' d )
N O T E : With e x p e r i e n c e , the
Tips /

Recommendations

A WARNING
Operator

and

bystanders

must

wear

goggles,

in o p e r a t i o n .

D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
Keep

all

bystanders

become

(20

ft)

B r e a k off s m a l l p i e c e s to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to t h e

away

K e e p the tool p e r p e n d i c u l a r to t h e w o r k s u r f a c e .
A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c by raising t h e front of t h e
loader slightly off the g r o u n d .

h a r d hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r i s

will

e q u i p m e n t f r o m falling m a t e r i a l .

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H

operator

m o r e effective at b r e a k i n g .

from

equipment w h e n operating.

A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c for no m o r e t h a n 15 s e c o n d s .
M o v e the tool to a different location w h e n e v e r t h e tool
p e n e t r a t e s but d o e s not c r a c k t h e m a t e r i a l .

W-2627-0910

Strike the material s e v e r a l p l a c e s a l o n g a line w h e r e


y o u w a n t it to break.

IMPORTANT
A v o i d B l a n k (No

D e e p tool penetration is not n e c e s s a r y , 152 - 2 5 4 m m


( 6 - 1 0 in) is usually e n o u g h to b r e a k t h e m a t e r i a l .

L o a d ) Firing. Disengage auxiliary

h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r is not in u s e .

C o n c r e t e reinforced with rebar will hold t o g e t h e r w h e n


c o n c r e t e is b r o k e n . U s e a chisel point tool to cut the

I-2205-0800

rebar.

E x c e s s i v e s i d e w a y s f o r c c a n c a u s e tool b i n d i n g ,
poor b r e a k i n g a n d w e a r of the tool s h a n k , c y l i n d e r s
and breaker attachment.

IMPORTANT

Do not u s e the b r e a k e r bit a s a pry bar to


broken

material.

Excess

prying

forc

can

A l w a y s direct the forc t o w a r d t h e point of t h e tool in


c o n t a c t with the material.

move
cause

d a m a g e to the b r e a k e r or m a c h i n e .
I-2074-0409

68

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 103

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S (CONT'D)
Removal
Hand

Lever

Bob-Tach

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n the


ground.

Lower

or

cise

the

hydraulic

equipment

(if

equipped).
N O T E : In

muddy

conditions

or

to

prevent

the

a t t a c h m e n t f r o m f r e e z i n g to the g r o u n d , put
the a t t a c h m e n t o n p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m the l o a d e r .
S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d relase auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e
(if

applicable).

Maintenance

(See

Manual

the
and

loader's

Operation

&

Operator's

Handbook

for

Pul the B o b - T a c h levers up [ F i g u r e 103] until they are


fully raised ( w e d g e s fully raised).

correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Exit the loader. (See E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r o n

A WARNING

Page 53.)

Bob-Tach

A WARNING

levers have

spring tensin.

Hold

tightly a n d r e l a s e s l o w l y . F a i l u r e to o b e y

lever

warning

c a n c a u s e injury.
W-2054-1285

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t :

Enter t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r

o n Page 53.)

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fat on


the g r o u n d .

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Start

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

L O A D E R b u t t o n a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.

R a i s e the s e a t bar.

Move all c o n t r o l s to the

NEUTRAL /

LOCKED

p o s i t i o n to m a k e s u r e the lift, tilt a n d

the

engine,

press

the

PRESS

TO

OPERATE

F i g u r e 104

traction

drive f u n c t i o n s are deactivated.


T h e s e a t bar s y s t e m m u s t d e a c t i v a t e t h e s e f u n c t i o n s
w h e n the s e a t bar is u p . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
s e r v i c e if c o n t r o l s do not d e a c t i v a t e .
W-2463-1110

D i s c o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s (if a p p l i c a b l e ) . (See


Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s on Page 65.)

P-41504A

Tilt the B o b - T a c h f o r w a r d a n d drive the loader b a c k w a r d ,


away f r o m t h e a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 104],

69

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 105

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R S ( C O N T ' D )
R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
Power

Bob-Tach

L o w e r t h e lift a r m s a n d put t h e a t t a c h m e n t fat o n t h e


ground.

Lower

or

cise

the

hydraulic

equipment

(if

equipped).
N O T E : In

muddy

conditions

or

to

prevent

the

a t t a c h m e n t f r o m f r e e z i n g to the g r o u n d , put
B-15993A

the a t t a c h m e n t on p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m t h e l o a d e r .
F i g u r e 106
S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d relase auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e
(if

applicable).

Maintenance

(See

Manual

the
and

loader's

Operation

&

Operator's

Handbook

for

correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Exit t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r o n
P a g e 53.)

A WARNING
P u s h a n d hpjd t h e B O B - T A C H " W E D G E S U P " s w i t c h

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s s e a t :

(Item

[ F i g u r e 106] a r e fully r a i s e d ( w e d g e s fully raised).

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n

1)

[Figure

105]

(Front

Panel)

until t h e

levers

the g r o u n d .

F i g u r e 107

S t o p the e n g i n e .

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

R a i s e the s e a t bar.

Move all c o n t r o l s to the

NEUTRAL /

LOCKED

p o s i t i o n to m a k e s u r e the lift, tilt a n d

traction

drive functions are deactivated.


T h e s e a t bar s y s t e m must deactivate t h e s e functions
w h e n t h e s e a t bar i s up. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
s e r v i c e if c o n t r o l s do not d e a c t i v a t e .
W-2463-1110

D i s c o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s (if a p p l i c a b l e ) . (See

P-41504A

H y d r a u l i c Quick C o u p l e r s on Page 65.)


Tilt t h e B o b - T a c h f o r w a r d a n d drive t h e loader b a c k w a r d ,

E n t e r t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r

a w a y f r o m t h e a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 107].

o n P a g e 53.)
Start

the

engine,

press

the

PRESS

TO

NOTE: The Power Bob-Tach system has continuous

OPERATE

p r e s s u r i z e d h y d r a u l i c oil to k e e p the w e d g e s

L O A D E R button a n d relase the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

in

the

engaged

attachment

position

and

prevent

Because

the

w e d g e s c a n s l o w l y lower, the o p e r a t o r

may

need

to

disengagement.

reactvate

"WEDGES

UP")

the

switch ( B O B - T A C H

when

removing

an

a t t a c h m e n t to be s u r e both w e d g e s a r e fully
raised.

70

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 109

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS (CONT'D)


Removal (Cont'd)
Bob-Tach

/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Pin-On)

Park the loader o n a fat a n d level surface,


L o w e r the b r e a k e r fully to the g r o u n d .
Stop the e n g i n e .
Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader's O p e r a t i o n &
M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l a n d Operator's H a n d b o o k for
correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting The L o a d e r on
Page 53.)
Disconnect

Drive the pin (Item 1 ) [ F i g u r e 1 0 9 ] out of the b r e a k e r a n d


auxiliary

hydraulic

hoses.

(See

X-Change Mount.

Hydraulic

Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 65.)

Enter the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r


o n Page 53.)

F i g u r e 108

Start the e n g i n e .
F i g u r e 110

R e m o v e the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 108].


P-88687

Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d while b a c k i n g the loader a w a y


f r o m the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 1 1 0 ] .
N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s o r t o p r e v e n t
the
attachment from freezing to the ground, put
the attachment o n planks or b l o c k s before
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m the loader.

71

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 112

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS (CONT'D)


Removal (Cont'd)
Bob-Tach

/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Bolt-On)

Park the loader o n a fat a n d level surace.


L o w e r the b r e a k e r fully to the g r o u n d .
Stop the e n g i n e .
Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader's O p e r a t i o n &
Maintenance

Manual

and

Operator's

Handbook

for

correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Exit the loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r o n
Page 53.)
Disconnect

R e m o v e the pate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 1 2 ] .


auxiliary

hydraulic

hoses.

(See

Hydraulic

Enter t h e loader. ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e L o a d e r

Quick C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 65.)

o n P a g e 53.)

F i g u r e 111

S t a r t the e n g i n e .
F i g u r e 113

R e m o v e the bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 1 1 ] .

P-88687

Tilt t h e Bob-Tach f o r w a r d w h i l e b a c k i n g t h e loader away


f r o m the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 1 1 3 ] .
N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s o r t o p r e v e n t t h e
attachment f r o m freezing to the g r o u n d , put
the attachment on planks or b l o c k s before
r e m o v i n g the attachment f r o m the loader.

72

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS

A WARNING

Approved Excavator Models And Requirements


F i g u r e 114
280

316

322

680

880

980

1180

323

325

328

W-2662-0108

329

331

331E

334

335

337

341
418
425

X
X
X

430

X
X

435

X
X

442
E26

X
X

E32

E35

E42

E45

E50

E55

*x

E60

Never use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h are not


a p p r o v e d by the B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
b u c k e t s for safe l o a d s of specified d e n s i t i e s are
approved for each m o d e l . Unapproved attachments
and buckets can cause injury or death.

HB SERIES BREAKER

EXCAVATOR
MODEL

*x

E63

E80

E85

X = Approved
T h e chart [ F i g u r e 1 1 4 ] s h o w s the hydraulic b r e a k e r
m o d e l s a p p r o v e d for use with e a c h e x c a v a t o r m o d e l .
W a r r a n t y o n t h i s a t t a c h m e n t is v o i d if u s e d o n a n o n a p p r o v e d carrier. See y o u r B o b c a t dealer for a
c u r r e n t l i s t of a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r s .
N O T E : * W h e n u s i n g t h e HB880 or H B 9 8 0 b r e a k e r s o n
E60 e x c a v a t o r ( S / N A G S Z 1 1 3 2 0 & B e l o w ) , t h e
breaker m u s t be e q u i p p e d w i t h a diverter
v a l v e kit. See y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for available
kits.

73

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

NOTE: Special Application Kits are available for


e x c a v a t o r s . S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n K i t s m u s t be
u s e d in a p p l i c a t i o n s w h e r e f a l l i n g d e b r i s is
present.
See
your
Bobcat
dealer
for
availability.

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Approved Excavator Models A n d Requirements
(Cont'd)

N O T E : M a k e s u r e t h e d i r e c t t o t a n k v a l v e (if
e q u i p p e d ) o n t h e e x c a v a t o r is in t h e p r o p e r
p o s i t i o n for breaker o p e r a t i o n . (See the
excavator's Operation & Maintenance Manual
for detailed information.)

F i g u r e 115

"Hi

F i g u r e 116
E 6 0 , E 6 3 , E80 A n d E 8 5 M a c h i n e s

P-89978

T h e excavator

must

be e q u i p p e d w i t h front

auxiliary

hydraulics [ F i g u r e 1 1 5 ] or [ F i g u r e 1 1 6 ] .
P r i m a r y auxiliary m a l e c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 1 6 ] .
P r i m a r y auxiliaries will be u s e d for b r e a k e r o p e r a t i o n .
N O T E : T h e m a l e f l u s h f a c e c o u p l e r is l o c a t e d o n t h e
right side of the a r m ( s h o w n ) [Figure 116], the
f e m a l e c o u p l e r is l o c a t e d o n t h e left s i d e of
the a r m o n E60, E63, E80 a n d E85 e x c a v a t o r s .

74

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

Special A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit
F i g u r e 118

Falling Object Guard S y s t e m (FOGS)

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR D E A T H
Some attachment applications can cause flying
d e b r i s or o b j e c t s t o enter front, t o p or rear c a b
o p e n i n g s . Instad the Special A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit to
provide
added
operator
protection
in
these
applications.
W-2737-0508

F i g u r e 117
T h e S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit i n c l u d e s an u p p e r a n d lower
screen guard [Figure 118].

OVERHEAD

S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for available s p e c i a l a p p l i c a t i o n s


kit for your m o d e l excavator.
Special A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit Inspection A n d M a i n t e n a n c e
Inspect t h e S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit [ F i g u r e 1 1 8 ] a n d all
h a r d w a r e . R e p a i r or replace all d a m a g e d or m i s s i n g
parts.

For the c a n o p y or c a b to m e e t the Falling O b j e c t G u a r d


S t r u c t u r e ( F O G S ) ( I S O 1 0 2 6 2 - level 1), the excavator
m u s t have the o v e r h e a d g u a r d a n d t h e
Special
A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit installed [ F i g u r e 1 1 7 ] a n d [ F i g u r e 1 1 8 ] .
S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for available falling o b j e c t g u a r d
s t r u c t u r e kit for y o u r m o d e l excavator.
Falling Object Guard S y s t e m (FOGS) Inspection A n d
Maintenance
Inspect the Falling O b j e c t G u a r d S t r u c t u r e ( F O G S )
[ F i g u r e 1 1 7 ] a n d all h a r d w a r e . R e p a i r or replace all
d a m a g e d or m i s s i n g p a r t s .

75

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Entering And Exiting the Excavator

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
When operating the machine:

Keep the seat belt fastened snugly.

The c o n t r o l console(s) m u s t be l o w e r e d .

Keep y o u r feet a n d a r m s inside t h e c a b .


W-2777-1208

Fasten the seat belt snugly. Adjust the seat belt s o the
belt is over t h e operator's hips [ F i g u r e 1 2 0 ] .

Entering
F i g u r e 119

F i g u r e 121

P-91927A

Use the grab h a n d l e s , tracks a n d the safety t r e a d s to


enter a n d exit the excavator [ F i g u r e 1 1 9 ] .

L o w e r the left control lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 2 1 ] c o n s o l


before starting the e n g i n e .

N O T E : M a i n t a i n t h r e e - p o i n t c o n t a c t at all t i m e s w h i l e
entering
jump.

or

exiting

the

excavator.

Do

not

76

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 123

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Entering A n d Exiting the Excavator (Cont'd)
Entering

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 122
E 6 0 , E 6 3 , E80 A n d E85 E x c a v a t o r s

Lift up o n the lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 123] to relase a n d


raise the control c o n s o l .
F i g u r e 124
E60, E63, E80 A n d E85 E x c a v a t o r s
Lower the control c o n s o l [ F i g u r e 1 2 2 ] .
N O T E : T h e r e i s a c o n t r o l l o c k s w i t c h i n t h e left
consol which deactivates the
hydraulic
control levers (joysticks and traction system)
w h e n t h e c o n t r o l c o n s o l l o c k lever is r a i s e d .
T h e c o n s o l m u s t be in t h e l o c k e d d o w n
position for the hydraulic control
levers
(joysticks and traction system) to oprate.
N O T E : If t h e c o n t r o l l o c k s w i t c h d o e s n o t d e a c t i v a t e
the c o n t r o l levers w h e n the c o n s o l lock lever
is r a i s e d , s e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r f o r s e r v i c e .
Exiting

Raise t h e control c o n s o l [ F i g u r e 1 2 4 ] .

Lower the w o r k e q u i p m e n t to the g r o u n d .

Exit the excavator.

Lower the blade to the g r o u n d .

S e e the excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l


a n d Operator's H a n d b o o k for detailed information o n
o p e r a t i n g the excavator.

Stop the e n g i n e a n d r e m o v e the key.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Before leaving the machine:

Lower the work e q u i p m e n t to the ground.


Lower the blade to the g r o u n d .
S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d r e m o v e t h e key.
W-2196-0595

77

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

F i g u r e 125

Installation
Hydraulic

X-Change

N O T E : I n s t a l l a t i o n o f t h e b u c k e t is s h o w n . T h e
p r o c e d u r e is t h e s a m e f o r o t h e r a t t a c h m e n t s .
D i s c o n n e c t any hydraulic lines that are
operated by hydraulic power before r e m o v i n g
any attachments (breaker, direct drive auger,
etc.).

A WARNING
Never

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h

Enter the excavator. ( S e e


Excavator on P a g e 76.)
are

not

Entering

And

Exiting

the

S w i n g the excavator a r m fully to the left [ F i g u r e 1 2 5 ] (for

approved
by
Bobcat
Company.
Buckets
and
a t t a c h m e n t s f o r s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
a p p r o v e d for each m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
can cause injury or death.

better o p e r a t o r visibility w h e n c o n n e c t i n g a t t a c h m e n t s ) .
F i g u r e 126

W-2052-0907

A WARNING
B o t h hydraulic p i n s m u s t be fully e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h
the attachment mounting holes and locked with both
retainer pins and clips. Failure to fully e n g a g e and
l o c k h y d r a u l i c p i n s c a n a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t t o c o m e off
a n d c a u s e s e r i o u s injury or d e a t h .
W-2507-0706

P r e s s a n d hold the X - C h a n g e switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


1 2 6 ] to the right to fully retract the hydraulic pins.

78

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 129

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Hydraulic

X-Change

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 127

R a i s e the b o o m a n d e x t e n d (curl in) the bucket cylinder


until the X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s the b a c k of t h e a t t a c h m e n t
[ F i g u r e 129].
W i t h the a r m vertical, lower the b o o m until t h e h o o k s
(Item 1) of t h e bucket e n g a g e the X - C h a n g e pins (Item 2)
a n d the pate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 2 9 ] fully e n g a g e s into the
bucket c r o s s m e m b e r .

P-71986

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 1 2 7 ] .
F i g u r e 128

A WARNING
K e e p a l l b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t
when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or flying objects can cause injury or death.
W-2119-0910

F i g u r e 130

P-71989

R a i s e the b o o m until the X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e


the a t t a c h m e n t h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 128] o n the
bucket.

P r e s s a n d hold the X - C h a n g e switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


1 3 0 ] to the left a n d F U L L Y E X T E N D t h e hydraulic pins.

79

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 132

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Hydraulic

X-Change

(Cont'd)

Stop the e n g i n e a n d exit the excavator. ( S e e


A n d Exiting the E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Entering

F i g u r e 131

C h e c k that both hydraulic pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 131] are


fully e n g a g e d to s e c u r e t h e a t t a c h m e n t .

P-71999A

Install retainer pin (Item 1) a n d clips (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


1 3 2 ] a n d [ F i g u r e 133] into e a c h hydraulic pin (both
sides).

A WARNING
B o t h hydraulic p i n s m u s t be fully e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h
the attachment mounting holes and locked with both
retainer pins and clips. Failure to fully engage and
l o c k h y d r a u l i c p i n s can a l l o w a t t a c h m e n t to c o m e off
a n d c a u s e s e r i o u s injury or d e a t h .
W-2507-0706

80

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS

F i g u r e 135

(CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Pin-On

X-Change

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the excavator during o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up.
Enter the excavator, fasten the s e a t belt a n d start the
engine.
S e e the excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l to
correctly o p r a t e the excavator.
Fully retract the bucket cylinder.
Raise t h e b o o m a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the
X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s t h e a t t a c h m e n t back [ F i g u r e 1 3 5 ] .

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g t r a m e .
F i g u r e 134

W i t h the a r m v e r t i c a l , lower the b o o m until the h o o k s


(Item 1) of the m o u n t i n g f r a m e d i s e n g a g e the pins (Item
2) of the X - C h a n g e a n d the pate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 3 5 ]
fully e n g a g e s in the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

A WARNING
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t
when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or flying objects can cause injury or death.
W-2119-091 o

S t o p the e n g i n e .
R a i s e t h e b o o m until the pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e

134]

Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

e n g a g e the h o o k s o n the m o u n t i n g t r a m e .

Exit t h e excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

81

Entering

the
and

And

excavator's
Operator's

Exiting

the

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 138

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Pin-On

X-Change

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 136

P-61760B

Install the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 3 8 ] .


F i g u r e 139
P-49705

Inspect t h e pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 3 6 ] for w e a r or d a m a g e .


R e p l a c e the pin as n e e d e d .
A p p l y a light coat of g r e a s e to the e n d s of the pin (Item 2)
[Figure 136].
Figure 137

R o u t e the h o s e s up to the auxiliary c o u p l e r s (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 139]. (See Hydraulic Quick Couplers on Page
95.)
NOTE: Do not route the h o s e s t h r o u g h the retainer
( I t e m 2) [ F i g u r e 1 3 9 ] o n t h e e x c a v a t o r a r m .
Relieve auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the excavator's
Operation & Maintenance
Manual and
Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Turn the h o s e s s o they are not t w i s t e d or k i n k e d . T h e
h o s e s s h o u l d route s m o o t h l y to the breaker.

Drive t h e pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 3 7 ] t h r o u g h t h e b r e a k e r


mount and X-Change.

C h e c k for p r o p e r installation.
Lift the a t t a c h m e n t a n d fully e x t e n d a n d retract t h e bucket
cylinder.

82

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

F i g u r e 141

Installation (Cont'd)
Bolt-On

X-Change

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Never use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h are not
approved
by
Bobcat
Company.
Buckets
and
a t t a c h m e n t s for safe l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d densities are
approved for each m o d e l . Unapproved attachments
can cause injury or death.
W-2052-0907

Place the b r e a k e r o n blocks.

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the breaker. Raise t h e b o o m until


t h e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 4 1 ]
o n the m o u n t .

F i g u r e 140

F i g u r e 142

P-61704

Positlon the b r e a k e r s o the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the e x c a v a t o r d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up [ F i g u r e
140].

R a i s e the b o o m , a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the


X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s the a t t a c h m e n t back [ F i g u r e 1 4 2 ] ,

Enter the excavator. ( S e e


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

W i t h the a r m vertical, lower the b o o m until t h e h o o k s


(Item 1) of the b r e a k e r d i s e n g a g e the pins (Item 2) of the
X - C h a n g e a n d the pate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 4 2 ] fully
e n g a g e s in the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

Entering

And

Exiting

the

S e e the excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l to


correctly o p r a t e the excavator.

S t o p the e n g i n e .

Fully retract the bucket cylinder.

Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Exit the excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

83

Entering

the
and

And

excavator's
Operator's

Exiting

the

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 145

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Bolt-On

X-Change

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 143

R o u t e the h o s e s up to the auxiliary c o u p l e r s (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 1 4 5 ] . ( S e e Hydraulic Quick C o u p l e r s o n P a g e
95.)
N O T E : Do Not r o u t e t h e h o s e s t h r o u g h t h e retainer
( I t e m 2) [ F i g u r e 145] o n t h e e x c a v a t o r a r m .
H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e in the auxiliary hydraulic s y s t e m c a n
m a k e it difficult to c o n n e c t or d i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary
hydraulic lines f r o m the quick c o u p l e r s .

Install the pate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 4 3 ] into the X - C h a n g e .


F i g u r e 144

Relieve auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance
Manual and
Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)
Turn the h o s e s s o they a r e not t w i s t e d or k i n k e d . T h e
h o s e s s h o u l d route s m o o t h l y to the breaker.
C h e c k for p r o p e r installation.
Lift the a t t a c h m e n t a n d fully e x t e n d a n d retract the bucket
cylinder.

Install t h e t w o bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 4 4 ] . T i g h t e n t h e


bolts to 170 - 190 Nm (125 - 140 ft-lb) t o r q u e . Retired
the bolts after e v e r y eight h o u r s of o p e r a t i o n .
N O T E : D o N o t o v e r t o r q u e t h e b o l t s ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e
144]. Over t o r q u i n g m a y c a u s e bolt or t h r e a d
d a m a g e or c o u l d r e s u l t in t h e b o l t s b r e a k i n g
during operation.

84

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

A WARNING

Installation (Cont'd)
X-Change

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


N e v e r u s e t h e X - C h a n g e p i n s o n l y t o lift t h e
attachment. The attachment can d i s e n g a g e and fall.

System

F i g u r e 146

W-2277-1297

F i g u r e 148

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the excavator d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are f a c i n g u p [ F i g u r e
146].
Enter the excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r on Page 76.)

Entering

And

Exiting

the

R a i s e the b o o m a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the


X - C h a n g e s e a t s in the m a t i n g r e a of the m o u n t i n g f r a m e
[ F i g u r e 148].

S e e t h e excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l to
correctly o p r a t e the excavator.

C o n t i n u to e x t e n d the bucket c y l i n d e r to raise the point


of the b r e a k e r off the g r o u n d .

Fully retract the bucket cylinder.


W i t h the a r m v e r t i c a l , lower the b o o m to the g r o u n d until
the h o o k s of the b r e a k e r f r a m e d i s e n g a g e the pins of the
X - C h a n g e a n d the pate fully e n g a g e s in the m o u n t i n g
f r a m e (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 4 8 ] locking t h e b r e a k e r f r a m e to
the X-Change.

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .
F i g u r e 147

S t o p the e n g i n e .
Exit the excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Entering

And

Exiting

the

Raise the b o o m until the pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 4 7 ] o n the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

85

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Pin-On

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

Attachment

System

Excavators)

A WARNING

Installation (Cont'd)
X-Change

(442

(Cont'd)

K e e p a l l b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 f t ) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t
when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or f l y i n g o b j e c t s can c a u s e injury or d e a t h .

F i g u r e 149

W-2119-0910

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the e x c a v a t o r d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up.
Enter the excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

Entering

And

Exiting

the

Refer to the excavator O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l


to correctly o p r a t e the excavator.
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .
Retract the bucket cylinder s o the bucket link is up a n d
out of the way.
R o u t e the h o s e s u p to the auxiliary c o u p l e r s (Item 1)
[ F i g u r e 1 4 9 ] . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e

A l i g n t h e b o o m into the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

95.)
T h e b o o m will be a l i g n e d with the top m o u n t i n g f r a m e pin

NOTE: Do Not route the hoses t h r o u g h the retainer

hole.

( I t e m 2) [ F i g u r e 149] o n t h e e x c a v a t o r a r m .

S t o p the e n g i n e .

H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e in the auxiliary hydraulic s y s t e m c a n


m a k e it difficult to c o n n e c t or d i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary
hydraulic lines f r o m the quick c o u p l e r s .

Exit the excavator. ( S e e


E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

Relieve auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the excavator's


Operation & Maintenance Manual and
Operator's
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

Entering

And

Exiting

the

F i g u r e 150

Turn the h o s e s s o they are not t w i s t e d or k i n k e d . T h e


h o s e s s h o u l d route s m o o t h l y to the breaker.
C h e c k for p r o p e r installation.
Lift t h e a t t a c h m e n t a n d fully e x t e n d a n d retract t h e bucket
cylinder.

Install the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 5 0 ] .


E n t e r the e x c a v a t o r a n d start the e n g i n e .

86

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS

F i g u r e 153

(CONT'D)

Left H a n d S i d e O f A r m

Installation (Cont'd)
Pin-On

Attachment

(442 Excavators)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 151

P-65878A

R o u t e the h o s e s (from the HB p o r t o n the b r e a k e r ) up t h e


a r m a n d c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
1 5 3 ] to t h e return to tank coupler.
P-65869

Figure 154
R i g h t H a n d S i d e Of A r m

E x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the bucket link (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 1 5 1 ] aligns with t h e b o t t o m hole o n the b r e a k e r
frame.
S t o p the e n g i n e .
Exit

the

excavator.

(See

Entering

And

Exiting

the

Excavator o n Page 76.)


Install the pin (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 5 1 ] into the b o t t o m hole
of the breaker m o u n t i n g f r a m e a n d t h e bucket link.
F i g u r e 152

P-65879B

R o u t e the h o s e (from the HP port o n the b r e a k e r ) up the


a r m a n d c o n n e c t to the auxiliary c o u p l e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
154].

O n the o p p o s i t e side of the pins, install the w a s h e r s (Item


1) a n d the retainer pins (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 5 2 ] .
S p r e a d the e n d s of the t w o retainer pins (Item 2) [ F i g u r e
1 5 2 ] so that they will be r e t a i n e d in the p i n .

87

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 156

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Pin-On

Attachment

E50 And E55

(316, 418, E26, E32, E35, E42,

E45,

Excavators)

NOTE: Before
installing
attachments
requiring
auxiliary h y d r a u l i c s , q u i c k c o u p l e r s m u s t be
installed o n the 316 a n d 418 excavator.
F i g u r e 155

Refer to t h e excavator's O p e r a t i o n &


m a n u a l to correctly o p r a t e the excavator.

Maintenance

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .
Retract the bucket cylinder so the bucket link is up a n d
out of t h e way.
R a i s e the b o o m a n d position the b o o m into the b r e a k e r
mounting frame.
A l i g n the b o o m with the top m o u n t i n g f r a m e pin hole.
Install the male quick c o u p l e r (Item 1) o n the b o t t o m
auxiliary hydraulic line a n d the t m a l e quick c o u p l e r (Item
2) [ F i g u r e 155] on the t o p hydraulic line.

S t o p the e n g i n e .
Exit t h e excavator. (See
E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

A WARNING

Entering

And

Exiting

the

Exiting

the

Install the pivot pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 5 6 ] .


Enter t h e excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

K e e p a l l b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t
when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or flying objects can cause injury or death.

Entering

And

S t a r t the e n g i n e .

W-2119-0910

E x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the link (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


1 5 6 ] a l i g n s with the b o t t o m hole on t h e b r e a k e r f r a m e .

Position the b r e a k e r s o the hydraulic h o s e s will b e t o w a r d


the excavator d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up.

S t o p the e n g i n e a n d exit the excavator. ( S e e E n t e r i n g


A n d Exiting t h e Excavator o n Page 76.)
Install the pivot pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 5 6 ] .

88

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

A WARNING

Installation (Cont'd)
Pin-On Attachment
(316, 418, E26, E32, E35, E42,
E50 And E55 Excavators)
(Cont'd)

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Never use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h are not
approved
by
Bobcat
Company.
Buckets
and
a t t a c h m e n t s f o r s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
approved for each model. Unapproved attachments
can cause injury or death.

E45,

F i g u r e 157

W-2052-0907

Install the retaining clips (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 5 7 ] .


Figure 158

rf%J

{
l

mJ
9PL

3TB

lf

R o u t e the h o s e s up the a r m a n d c o n n e c t to the auxiliary


c o u p l e r s [ F i g u r e 1 5 8 ] . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n
Page 95.)

89

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 160

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Pin-On

Attachment

(E60, E63, E80 And E85

Excavators)

NOTE:

R e m o v a l a n d i n s t a l l a t i o n of t h e b u c k e t i s
s h o w n . T h e p r o c e d u r e is t h e s a m e f o r o t h e r
attachments. Disconnect any hydraulic lines
that are operated by hydraulic p o w e r before
removing any attachments (breaker, direct
d r i v e auger, etc.).

F i g u r e 159

Install the a r m (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 160] into the a t t a c h m e n t .


S t o p the e n g i n e .
Exit

the

excavator.

(See

Entering

And

Exiting

the

Align the a r m m o u n t i n g hole with the a t t a c h m e n t


install the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 6 1 ] .

and

Enter the excavator. ( S e e


E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

the

Excavator on P a g e 76.)
F i g u r e 161

Before installing the a t t a c h m e n t , m a k e s u r e the four Orings (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 159] are p o s i t i o n e d over the
a t t a c h m e n t b o s s (as s h o w n ) so they are not d a m a g e d
d u r i n g Installation.
Enter t h e excavator. (See
E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Entering

And

Exiting

the

Start the e n g i n e .

Entering

And

Exiting

Start the e n g i n e .
E x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the bucket link (Item 2)
aligns with the b o t t o m hole (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 6 1 ] o n the
breaker frame.
S t o p the e n g i n e a n d exit the excavator. (See
A n d Exiting the E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Entering

Align the bucket link m o u n t i n g hole with the a t t a c h m e n t


a n d install the pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 6 1 ] .

90

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

A l w a y s use a g o o d quality lithium b a s e d m u l t i p u r p o s e


g r e a s e w h e n lubricating t h e excavator. A p p l y t h e
lubricant until extra g r e a s e s h o w s .

Installation (Cont'd)
Pin-On

Attachment

(E60, E63, E80 And E85

Manual

Spring

Loaded

Coupler

(442

Only)

NOTE:

R e m o v a l a n d i n s t a l l a t i o n of t h e b u c k e t is
s h o w n . T h e p r o c e d u r e is t h e s a m e f o r o t h e r
attachments. Disconnect any hydraulic lines
that are operated by hydraulic p o w e r before
removing any attachments (breaker, direct
drive auger, etc.).

Excavators)

(Cont'd)
F i g u r e 162

A WARNING
Never use a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h are not
a p p r o v e d by the B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
b u c k e t s for safe loads of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s are
approved for each m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
and buckets can cause injury or death.
W-2662-0108

Install the t w o retainer bolts (Item 1) a n d j a m nuts (Item


2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 2 ] a n d tighten t h e j a m nuts.

F i g u r e 164

N O T E : T h e t w o r e t a i n i n g b o l t s ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e 1 6 2 ]
s h o u l d rotate after t h e t w o j a m n u t s are
installed. Install the first j a m nut until the bolt
is f i n g e r l o s e o n t h e m o u n t . Install t h e
second jam nut and tighten the second jam
nut against the first j a m nut.
F i g u r e 163

Insert the relase b a r (Item 1) into the m a n u a l s p r i n g


l o a d e d coupler. R e m o v e t h e retainer pin (Item 2 ) . Rotate
the relase bar (Item 1) u p w a r d slightly a n d r e m o v e the
lock pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 1 6 4 ] .

R e p o s i t i o n the four O - r i n g s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 6 3 ] next to


the a r m .
Install g r e a s e in the g r e a s e fittings on the a r m a n d bucket
link pins.

91

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 167

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Manual

Spring

Loaded

Coupler

(442 Only)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 165

Enter the excavator, fasten the seat belt a n d start the


e n g i n e . (See E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting the E x c a v a t o r on P a g e
76.)
Position the front h o o k s (Item 1) over t h e front pin (Item
2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 7 ] of the a t t a c h m e n t .
F i g u r e 168

Using the relase bar (Item 1), rotate the locklng h o o k s


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 5 ] u p w a r d to the unlock position.
Figure 166
I

il

E x t e n d the bucket cylinder (curl in) the c o u p l e r until the


rear pin of the a t t a c h m e n t (Item 1) is firmly s e a t e d in the
c o u p l e r (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 8 ] .

Install the lock pin (Item 1) a n d retainer pin (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 1 6 6 ] to hold the locking h o o k s in the o p e n
position. R e m o v e t h e r e l a s e bar.

C o n t i n u to curl the c o u p l e r a n d a t t a c h m e n t until the


w e i g h t of the a t t a c h m e n t is s u p p o r t e d by the coupler.
S t o p t h e e n g i n e a n d exit the excavator. (See
A n d Exiting the Excavator o n Page 76.)

92

Entering

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 171

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Installation (Cont'd)
Manual

Spring

Loaded

Coupler

(442 Only)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 169

Install the locking pin (Item 1) a n d retainer pin (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 1 7 1 ] a n d r e m o v e the r e l a s e bar.
C h e c k for s e c u r e a t t a c h m e n t . N e v e r o p r a t e
r e t a i n e r p i n s ( I t e m 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 1 ] i n s t a l l e d .

without

A WARNING

R e i n s e r t the relase bar (Item 1) a n d rotate the locking


h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 6 9 ] u p w a r d slightly.
R e m o v e the retainer pin a n d the locking pin (Item 3)

K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y f r o m e q u i p m e n t


when operating. Contact with moving parts, a trench
cave-in or flying objects can cause injury or death.

[ F i g u r e 169].
F i g u r e 170

W-2119-0910

Rotate the locking h o o k s (Item 1) d o w n w a r d , c u p p i n g


( e n g a g i n g ) the a t t a c h m e n t pin (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 0 ] .

93

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

Rotate the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s as n e e d e d so the


h o s e s are not t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g parts of
the excavator or a t t a c h m e n t .

Installation (Cont'd)
For First Time

W i t h the twist(s) r e m o v e d f r o m the hydraulic h o s e s ,


t i g h t e n the a t t a c h m e n t quick c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s while
the c o u p l e r s are still c o n n e c t e d to the excavator. This will
help hold the hydraulic h o s e s in position while t i g h t e n i n g .

Installation

N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d new excavators are factory


e q u i p p e d with flush face c o u p l e r s . If installing a n
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the
a t t a c h m e n t c o u p l e r s will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h
the excavator. S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s
information.

T i g h t e n the quick c o u p l e r s c o n n e c t i o n s to 6 3 Nm (46 ftIb) t o r q u e before starting the excavator.


Enter the excavator. (See
E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

IMPORTANT

Entering

And

E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. (See


Operation & Maintenance
Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

the
and

Exiting

the

Start the e n g i n e .

Thoroughly clean the quick couplers


before
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt can q u i c k l y d a m a g e the

excavator's
Operator's

system.

C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y o i l l e a k a g e
e n v i r o n m e n t a l l y safe manner.

in

an

A WARNING

1-2278-0608

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Diesel fuel or hydraulic fluid under pressure can
pentrate skin or eyes, c a u s i n g serious injury or
death. Fluid leaks under p r e s s u r e may not be visible.
U s e a p i e c e of c a r d b o a r d o r w o o d t o f i n d l e a k s . D o
n o t u s e y o u r b a r e h a n d . W e a r s a f e t y g o g g l e s . If f l u i d
enters skin or eyes, get immediate medical attention
f r o m a physician familiar w i t h this injury.

W i t h the excavator e n g i n e off a n d using the h o s e g u i d e s


(if e q u i p p e d ) , route the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s to the
excavator. C o n n e c t the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic q u i c k
c o u p l e r s to the excavator c o u p l e r s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k
C o u p l e r s on Page 95.)
C h e c k that the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s are not
t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g parts of the excavator
or a t t a c h m e n t .

W-2072-0807

N O T E : It m a y b e n e c e s s a r y t o l o o s e n t h e q u i c k
couplers on the attachment hydraulic hoses
t o r e m o v e a n y t w i s t s in t h e h o s e s .

Check
the
attachment
c o n n e c t i o n s for leaks.

hydraulic

quick

coupler

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury w h e n any
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s exist:

W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .


F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o s e m a t e r i a l is p r e s e n t .
E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
T o o l s are b e i n g u s e d .
W-2019-0907

L o o s e n the quick c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s o n the a t t a c h m e n t


hydraulic h o s e s while c o n n e c t e d to the excavator. Do not
r e m o v e the quick c o u p l e r s .

94

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

A WARNING

Hydraulic Quick Couplers

AVOID B U R N S
Hydraulic fluid, tubes, fittings and quick couplers
can get hot w h e n r u n n i n g machine and a t t a c h m e n t s .
Be careful w h e n c o n n e c t i n g a n d d i s c o n n e c t i n g q u i c k
couplers.

IMPORTANT

Thoroughly clean the quick couplers


before
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt can q u i c k l y d a m a g e the
system.
C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil leakage in an
e n v i r o n m e n t a l l y safe manner.

W-2220-0396

To

Connect:

R e m o v e dirt or d e b r i s f r o m the surface of both the m a l e


a n d f e m a l e c o u p l e r s , a n d f r o m t h e o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r of
t h e male coupler. Visually c h e c k the c o u p l e r s for
c o r r o d i n g , c r a c k i n g , d a m a g e , or e x c e s s i v e wear. If a n y of
t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s exist, the coupler(s) m u s t be r e p l a c e d
[Figure 172].

1-2278-0608

NOTE: The following illustrations may not s h o w your


hydraulic quick couplers exactly but the
p r o c e d u r e is c o r r e c t .
N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d new e x c a v a t o r s are factory
e q u i p p e d with flush face c o u p l e r s . If installing a n
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the
a t t a c h m e n t c o u p l e r s will have to b e c h a n g e d to m a t c h
the excavator. S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s
information.

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r into the f e m a l e coupler. Full


c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n the ball relase sleeve slides
f o r w a r d o n the f e m a l e coupler.
NOTE: Check that the attachment hydraulic h o s e s
are not twisted or contacting any m o v i n g
p a r t s of t h e e x c a v a t o r o r a t t a c h m e n t . ( S e e F o r
F i r s t T i m e I n s t a l l a t i o n o n P a g e 94.) f o r p r o p e r
adjustment.

NOTE: Make sure the q u i c k c o u p l e r s are fully


e n g a g e d . If t h e q u i c k c o u p l e r s d o n o t f u l l y
e n g a g e , c h e c k to see that the c o u p l e r s are t h e
same size and type.

To

F i g u r e 172

Disconnect:

Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

the
and

excavator's
Operator's

P u s h the c o u p l e r s together, retract the sleeve o n the


f e m a l e c o u p l e r until the c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t .

N O T E : T h e m a l e f l u s h f a c e c o u p l e r is l o c a t e d o n t h e
r i g h t s i d e o f t h e a r m a n d t h e f e m a l e c o u p l e r is
l o c a t e d o n t h e left s i d e o f t h e a r m ( E 8 0 a n d
E85 e x c a v a t o r s o n l y ) .

95

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS

Later Model

300 And 400 Series

Machines

(CONT'D)
E n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics. (See the
Operation & Maintenance
Manual and
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Control Functions
E n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics. (See the
Operation & Maintenance
Manual and
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)

excavator's
Operator's

excavator's
Operator's

F i g u r e 174

N O T E : A u x i l i a r y h y d r a u l i c m u s t be a c t i v a t e d p r i o r t o
attachment operation.
Early Models

And 320, 323, Current

Models

F i g u r e 173

M o v e the s w i t c h (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 4 ] o n the right control


lever to the right to p r e s s u r i z e the f e m a l e c o u p l e r
(breaker starts).
P r e s s the front switch (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 4 ] o n the front
of t h e right c o n t r o l lever to give the quick c o u p l e r s a
c o n t i n u o u s flow of fluid to the f e m a l e coupler.
Raise the pedal lock / footrest (Item 1) to o p r a t e t h e
auxiliary operation pedal (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 3 ] . P u s h t h e
pedal to t h e right to p r e s s u r i z e the f e m a l e c o u p l e r
(breaker starts).

To relase f r o m c o n t i n u o u s o p e r a t i o n , p r e s s t h e front
switch (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 7 4 ] a s e c o n d time.

96

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

316 Excavator

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

Auxiliary

Hydraulics

F i g u r e 177
Control Functions (Cont'd)
442 Excavator

Auxiliary

Hydraulics

F i g u r e 175

Press the switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 5 ] . T h e switch will be


illuminated.
Figure 176

Pul the locking pin out (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 178] to allow the


pedal to pivot.
P r e s s the auxiliary H y d r a u l i c s Pedal (Item 2) [ F i g u r e
1 7 8 ] to provide hydraulic p r e s s u r e to t h e top hydraulic
line (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 7 ] . R e l a s e the pedal to stop
hydraulic flow.
Press a n d

hold t h e switch (Item

1) [ F i g u r e

176]

to

W h e n y o u are not using the auxiliary hydraulics, e n g a g e


t h e locking pin so that y o u c a n u s e the p e d a l as a
footrest.

provide hydraulic flow to the hydraulic breaker.


R e l a s e the switch to stop hydraulic flow.

O n l y the top auxiliary line is p r e s s u r i z e d . T h e b o t t o m line


is for return oil flow.

97

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)
Control Functions (Cont'd)
418 Excavator

Auxiliary

Hydraulics

E26, E32, E35, E42, E45, E50 And E55


Hydraulics
E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. ( S e e
Operation & Maintenance
Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Auxiliary

the
and

excavator's
Operator's

Figure 179

F i g u r e 181

Rotate the auxiliary pedal (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 9 ] d o w n .

M o v e the switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 181] on the right control


lever to the right to p r e s s u r i z e the f e m a l e c o u p l e r
(breaker starts).

Figure 180

Press the switch (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 8 1 ] on the front of the


h a n d l e to provide c o n s t a n t flow to t h e f e m a l e coupler.
P r e s s the switch (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 1 8 1 ] a s e c o n d time to
stop auxiliary flow to the quick c o u p l e r s .

Press the front of the auxiliary Hydraulics Pedal (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 1 8 0 ] to provide hydraulic p r e s s u r e to the top
hydraulic line (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 1 7 7 ] . R e l a s e t h e p e d a l to
stop hydraulic flow.
W h e n y o u a r e not using the auxiliary hydraulics, rotate
the p e d a l up to the storage position.

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS

E63 And E85 Excavator

Auxiliary

Hydraulics

(CONT'D)
N O T E : F o r E85 e x c a v a t o r s m a k e s u r e t h e d i r e c t t o
t a n k v a l v e (if e q u i p p e d ) i s i n t h e b r e a k e r
p o s i t i o n . (See t h e e x c a v a t o r ' s O p e r a t i o n &
Maintenance Manual.)

Control Functions (Cont'd)


E60 And E80 Excavator

Auxiliary

Hydraulics

N O T E : For E80 e x c a v a t o r s m a k e s u r e t h e d i r e c t to
t a n k v a l v e (if e q u i p p e d ) i s i n t h e b r e a k e r
p o s i t i o n . (See t h e e x c a v a t o r ' s O p e r a t i o n &
Maintenance Manual.)

NOTE: For breaker applications, use the o n e w a y


auxiliary
hydraulic
switch.
(See
the
excavator's Operation & Maintenance Manual
and Operator's H a n d b o o k for the correct
procedure.)

N O T E : For breaker a p p l i c a t i o n s , use t h e o n e w a y


auxiliary
hydraulic
switch.
(See
the
excavator's Operation & Maintenance Manual
and Operator's H a n d b o o k for the correct
procedure.)

F i g u r e 183

F i g u r e 182

Press a n d hold the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 1 8 3 ] o n the right joystick to s u p p l y hydraulic flow
/ p r e s s u r e to t h e f e m a l e coupler.
R e l a s e the button
hydraulic flow.

P r e s s a n d hold the auxiliary hydraulics button (Item 1)


[ F i g u r e 1 8 2 ] o n the right joystick to s u p p l y hydraulic flow
/ p r e s s u r e to the f e m a l e coupler.
R e l a s e the button
hydraulic flow.

(Item

1)

[Figure

182]

to

(Item

1)

[Figure

183]

to

stop

stop

99

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS


(CONT'D)

F i g u r e 184
Vertical Operating Position

Operation With The Excavator


NOTE: Special A p p l i c a t i o n Kits are available for
loaders and excavators. Special Application
K i t s m u s t be u s e d in a p p l i c a t i o n s w h e r e
f a l l i n g d e b r i s is p r e s e n t . S e e y o u r B o b c a t
dealer for availability.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

P-88719

Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,


h a r d h a t a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is
in o p e r a t i o n .
DO NOT d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d materials or c e i l i n g s .
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m
equipment when operating.

(20

ft)

away

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the vertical position [ F i g u r e 1 8 4 ] , o n


fat m a t e r i a l , k e e p the tool vertical or c u r l e d back a small
a m o u n t to direct the i m p a c t forc d o w n w a r d a n d slightly
t o w a r d the excavator.

from

W-2627-0910

F i g u r e 185
Horizontal Operating Position

For the first time use o n a rebuilt breaker, use low e n g i n e


rpm a n d feather the hydraulics to fill the internal
p a s s a g e s of the b r e a k e r with hydraulic oil. If t h e b r e a k e r
is u s e d w i t h o u t first f l o o d i n g t h e hydraulic p a s s a g e s ,
internal d a m a g e may result.
In cold w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s , w a r m the excavator hydraulic
fluid

to

operating

temperature

before

operating

the

breaker.

P-88718

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the horizontal position [ F i g u r e 1 8 5 ] ,


w o r k n e a r the e d g e .

100

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH EXCAVATORS

U s e the following p r o c e d u r e s a s a g u i d e w h e n o p e r a t i n g
the breaker:

(CONT'D)
Operation With The Excavator (Cont'd)
Driving

The Excavator

And Attachment

NOTE: With experience, the operator


m o r e e f f e c t i v e at b r e a k i n g .

To The

B r e a k off s m a l l p i e c e s to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the
e q u i p m e n t f r o m falling m a t e r i a l .

K e e p t h e tool p e r p e n d i c u l a r to the w o r k s u r f a c e .

A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c by raising the front of the


e x c a v a t o r slightly off the g r o u n d .

A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c for no m o r e t h a n 15 s e c o n d s .

M o v e the tool to a different location w h e n e v e r the tool


p e n e t r a t e s but d o e s not c r a c k t h e m a t e r i a l .

Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,


h a r d hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is
in o p e r a t i o n .
DO NOT d e m o l i s h overhead materials or ceilings.

Strike the material s e v e r a l p l a c e s a l o n g a line w h e r e


y o u w a n t it to b r e a k .

D e e p tool p e n e t r a t i o n is not n e c e s s a r y , 152 - 2 5 4 m m


( 6 - 1 0 in) is usually e n o u g h to b r e a k the material.

K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m
equipment when operating.

C o n c r e t e reinforced w i t h rebar will hold t o g e t h e r w h e n


c o n c r e t e is b r o k e n . U s e a chisel point tool to cut the
rebar.

E x c e s s i v e s i d e w a y s f o r c c a n c a u s e tool b i n d i n g ,
poor b r e a k i n g a n d w e a r of t h e tool s h a n k , cylinders
and breaker attachment.

A l w a y s direct the f o r c t o w a r d the point of the tool in


c o n t a c t with the m a t e r i a l .

Tips /

Recommendations

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

become

Worksite

W h e n d r i v i n g the excavator a n d a t t a c h m e n t to the


w o r k s i t e or o p e r a t i n g on public roads, o n s l o p e s or in
water, s e e the excavator's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e
M a n u a l a n d O p e r a t o r ' s H a n d b o o k to correctly o p r a t e
t h e excavator.

will

(20

ft)

away

from

W-2627-0910

IMPORTANT
A v o i d Blank (No Load) Firing. Disengage
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n breaker is n o t in u s e .

auxiliary
I-2205-0800

IMPORTANT
Do not use the breaker bit as a pry bar t o m o v e
broken material. Excess prying forc can cause
d a m a g e to the breaker or machine.
I-2074-0409

101

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 187

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)
Removal
Hydraulic

X-Change

N O T E : R e m o v a l a n d installation of the b u c k e t is
s h o w n . T h e p r o c e d u r e is the s a m e for other
attachments. D i s c o n n e c t any hydraulic Unes
that a r e o p e r a t e d by h y d r a u l i c p o w e r b e f o r e
removing any attachments (breaker, direct
drive auger, etc.).

WARNING
Install both retainer pins (Item 1) a n d clips (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 187] in the s t o r a g e location.

K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from e q u i p m e n t


w h e n o p e r a t i n g . C o n t a c t with m o v i n g p a r t s , a t r e n c h
c a v e - i n or flying o b j e c t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .

F i g u r e 188

W-2119-0910

F i g u r e 186

Enter the excavator. ( S e e


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

P-71999B

Park

the

excavator

on

a fat

level

surace.

Put

excavator.

Exiting

the

Press a n d hold the X - C h a n g e switch (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


188] o n the left c o n s o l to the right to F U L L Y R E T R A C T

S t o p the e n g i n e .
the

And

Start the e n g i n e .

the

a t t a c h m e n t on t h e g r o u n d .

Exit

Entering

the hydraulic pins.


(See

Entering

And

Exiting

the

E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)
R e m o v e retainer pin (Item 1) a n d retainer clips (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 186] f r o m the hydraulic pin (both s i d e s ) .

102

HB Series Breaker Operaton & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)
Removal (Cont'd)
Hydraulic

X-Change

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 189

Raise the b o o m a n d retract t h e bucket cylinder until the


X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e t h e a t t a c h m e n t h o o k s
(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 189] o n the a t t a c h m e n t .
F i g u r e 190

Fully retract the bucket cylinder (bucket d u m p ) .


L o w e r the b o o m a n d a r m until the a t t a c h m e n t is o n t h e
g r o u n d a n d the X - C h a n g e pins are d i s e n g a g e d f r o m t h e
attachment hooks.
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d t h e e x c a v a t o r until the X - C h a n g e
pins a r e clear of the a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 190].

103

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
Pin-On

X-Change

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W e a r s a f e t y g l a s s e s to p r e v e n t e y e injury w h e n a n y
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :

W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .

Select a fat a n d level surface.


Position the a r m

vertically,

lower the

b r e a k e r to

the

ground.

Stop the e n g i n e .
Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)
Exit

the

excavator.

(See

Entering

the
and

WARNING

excavator's
Operator's

F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o s e material i s p r e s e n t .
Engine is running.
Tools are being u s e d .
W-2019-0907

F i g u r e 193
And

Exiting

the

Excavator o n Page 76.)


D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . (See H y d r a u l i c Q u i c k
C o u p l e r s on Page 95.)
F i g u r e 191

Enter

the

excavator.

(See

Entering

And

Exiting

the

E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)
Start the e n g i n e .
Lift t h e b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in) a n d fully
retract t h e bucket c y l i n d e r to d i s e n g a g e the b r e a k e r
[ F i g u r e 193].

R e m o v e the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 191].


F i g u r e 192

L o w e r t h e b o o m until the X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) a r e


clear of the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 193].
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the excavator until the X - C h a n g e
pins are clear of the breaker.

Drive the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 192] out of the b r e a k e r a n d


X-Change Mount.
104

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Enter

the

excavator.

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

E x c a v a t o r on Page 76.)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)

Start the e n g i n e .

Bolt-On

F i g u r e 196

X-Change

(See

Entering

And

Exiting

the

F i g u r e 194

P-61761

R a i s e the b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in) until t h e


X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e t h e h o o k s (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 196] o n the breaker.

Select a fat a n d level surace.


Position the a r m vertically a n d but the b r e a k e r o n the
g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 194].

F i g u r e 197
S t o p the e n g i n e .
Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Exit

the

excavator.

(See

Entering

the
and

And

excavator's
Operator's

Exiting

the

E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)
D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . ( S e e H y d r a u l i c Q u i c k
C o u p l e r s on P a g e 95.)
F i g u r e 195

Fully retract the bucket cylinder a n d lower the b o o m a n d


a r m until the breaker is on the g r o u n d , a n d the X - C h a n g e
pins (Item 1) are d i s e n g a g e d f r o m t h e h o o k s (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 197].
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the excavator until the X - C h a n g e
pins are clear of the breaker.

R e m o v e the t w o bolts (Item 1) a n d pate (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


195].

105

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

F i g u r e 199

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
X-Change

System

Select a fat a n d level surace.


Position the

a r m vertically,

lower the

b r e a k e r to

the

ground.
S t o p the e n g i n e .
Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance
Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

the
and

excavator's
Operator's

the

E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

Pul the lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 199] a w a y f r o m


excavator, to unlock the latch. R e m o v e t h e tool.

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s on P a g e 95.)

Enter the excavator. (See


E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

the

F i g u r e 198

F i g u r e 200

Exit

the

excavator.

(See

Entering

And

Exiting

the

Entering

And

Exiting

P-61756'

P-61752

S t a r t the e n g i n e .

Install the X - C h a n g e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 198] in t h e


latch.

Lift t h e b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in), until the X C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


200] on the breaker.

106

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)
R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
X-Change

System

WARNING

K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from e q u i p m e n t


w h e n o p e r a t i n g . C o n t a c t with m o v i n g p a r t s , a t r e n c h
c a v e - i n or flying o b j e c t s c a n c a u s e i n j u r y or d e a t h .
W-2119-0910

F i g u r e 201

Fully retract the bucket cylinder. L o w e r the b o o m a n d a r m


until the b r e a k e r is on the g r o u n d a n d the X - C h a n g e pins
(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 201] are clear of the breaker.
M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the e x c a v a t o r until the X - C h a n g e
pins are clear of the breaker.

107

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

F i g u r e 203

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
Pin-On

Attachment

(442

Excavators)

Place the breaker fat o n the g r o u n d .


S t o p the e n g i n e .
Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance
Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Exit the excavator. (See
E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Entering

the
and

And

excavator's
Operator's

Exiting

the

P-65868

R e m o v e the t w o pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 203].

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . ( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s o n Page 95.)

Enter t h e excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

F i g u r e 202

Entering

And

Exiting

the

S t a r t t h e e n g i n e , raise the b o o m a n d retract the bucket


cylinder.
M o v e t h e a r m a w a y f r o m the breaker.

P-65870

R e m o v e the retainer pins (Item 1) a n d t h e w a s h e r s (Item


2) [ F i g u r e 202].

108

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

Figure 205

Removal (Cont'd)
Pin-On

Attachment

E50 And E55

(316, 418, E26, E32, E35, E42,

E45,

Excavators)

Park the e x c a v a t o r o n a fat surface a n d p l a c e


b r e a k e r fat o n the g r o u n d .
Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance
Manual
H a n d b o o k for c o r r e c t p r o c e d u r e . )

the
and

the

excavator's
Operator's

S t o p the e n g i n e .
Exit the excavator. ( S e e
Excavator o n P a g e 76.)

Entering

And

Exiting

the

R e m o v e the retaining clips (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 0 5 ] .

F i g u r e 204

F i g u r e 206

D i s c o n n e c t t h e h o s e s f r o m the auxiliary c o u p l e r s [ F i g u r e
2 0 4 ] . ( S e e H y d r a u l i c Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 95.)

R e m o v e the t w o pivot pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 0 6 ] .


Do not d a m a g e the dust s e i s in t h e a r m .
E n t e r t h e excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

Entering

And

Exiting

the

Start the e n g i n e , raise the b o o m a n d m o v e t h e a r m away


f r o m the breaker.

109

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 208

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)
Removal (Cont'd)
Pin-On

Attachment

Park the

(E60, E63, E80 And E85

excavator

on a fat surface

and

Excavators)
lower

the

a t t a c h m e n t fully.
S t o p the e n g i n e .
Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance
Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)
Exit

the

excavator.

(See

Entering

the
and

And

excavator's
Operator's

Exiting

the

R e m o v e the retainer bolts (Item 1) a n d nuts (Item 2)


[Figure 208].

E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)
Figure 207

R e m o v e the pins (Items 3 a n d 4) [ F i g u r e 208].


Enter the excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r on P a g e 76.)

Entering

And

Exiting

the

S t a r t the e n g i n e , raise t h e b o o m a n d m o v e the a r m a w a y


f r o m the breaker.

Position the four O - r i n g s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 207] into t h e


s t o r a g e g r o o v e so they do not get d a m a g e d d u r i n g
removal of the a t t a c h m e n t .

110

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)

F i g u r e 210

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
Manual

Spring

Loaded

Coupler

(442

Only)

F i g u r e 209

U s i n g the relase bar (Item 1), rotate the locking h o o k s


(Item 2) u p w a r d to t h e unlock position a n d install t h e
locking pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 210].
F i g u r e 211

Position the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n t h e g r o u n d .


S t o p the e n g i n e .
Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
Operation & Maintenance Manual
H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)
Exit the excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r o n P a g e 76.)

Entering

the
and

And

excavator's
Operator's

Exiting

the

R e m o v e the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 209].


Insert the relase bar (Item 2) a n d rotate the relase bar
u p w a r d slightly a n d r e m o v e the locking pin (Item 3)
[ F i g u r e 209].

Install the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 211] to hold the


locking h o o k s in the o p e n position. R e m o v e the relase
bar.
Enter the excavator. ( S e e
E x c a v a t o r o n Page 76.)

Entering

And

Exiting

the

Start the e n g i n e .

111

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH E X C A V A T O R S
(CONT'D)
R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
Manual

Spring

Loaded

Coupler

(442 Only)

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 212

P-65765

Retract the bucket cylinder a n d m o v e the a r m f o r w a r d


until the m a n u a l s p r i n g l o a d e d c o u p l e r s clear of t h e
attachment [Figure 212].

112

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
A p p r o v e d Mini L o a d e r M o d e l s A n d R e q u i r e m e n t s
Figure 213
MINI L O A D E R

HB S E R I E S B R E A K E R

MODEL

680

MT 52

MT 55

X = Approved
T h e c h a r t [ F i g u r e 2 1 3 ] s h o w s t h e hydraulic b r e a k e r
m o d e l s a p p r o v e d for u s e with e a c h mini loader m o d e l .
W a r r a n t y o n t h i s a t t a c h m e n t i s v o i d if u s e d o n a n o n a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for a
c u r r e n t list of a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r s .

A WARNING
N e v e r u s e a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h a r e not
a p p r o v e d by t h e B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
b u c k e t s for s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
a p p r o v e d for e a c h m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
a n d b u c k e t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
W-2662-0108

Figure 214

P-81898

T h e mini loader must b e e q u i p p e d with front auxiliary


hydraulics [ F i g u r e 2 1 4 ] .

113

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Leaving

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)

F i g u r e 215
Entering And Leaving The Operator's Position

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W h e n o p e r a t i n g the m a c h i n e :

O p r a t e only f r o m the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n at the


rear of the loader.
A l w a y s k e e p y o u r h a n d s o n the c o n t r o l s .
S t a y a w a y f r o m the t r a c k s .
W-2407-0801

S t o p the mini loader on level g r o u n d .

WARNING

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put t h e a t t a c h m e n t fat o n the


ground [Figure 215].

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H

M o v e m e n t of the a t t a c h m e n t will o c c u r if the tilt


c o n t r o l is N O T in neutral w h e n the e n g i n e i s
started.
A l w a y s c h e c k that all l e v e r s a r e in neutral before
s t a r t i n g the e n g i n e .

D i s e n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics.


E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake.
S t o p the e n g i n e .

W-2482-1003

R e m o v e the key to prevent o p e r a t i o n of the mini loader


by u n a u t h o r i z e d p e r s o n n e l .

WARNING

Leave the operator's position.

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W h e n u s i n g the r i d e - o n platform:

O p r a t e only with feet o n platform a n d h a n d s o n


c o n t r o l s or g r a b h a n d l e s .
A l w a y s look in the d i r e c t i o n of t r a v e l .

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :

L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n the


ground.

M a k e s u r e s w i n g r e a is c l e a r of b y s t a n d e r s a n d
objects.
Avoid drop-offs a n d o b s t a c l e s .
W-2480-1003

S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e t h e p a r k i n g b r a k e .
M o v e all p e d i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d other
c o n t r o l s until they a r e L O C K E D or in the
N E U T R A L position.
S E E T H E MACHINE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.

Entering
Enter the operator's position at the rear of the mini loader.
Engage

the

parking

brake and

place

all controls

WARNING

W-2722-0208

in

neutral.
S e e the mini loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l
for detailed i n f o r m a t i o n on o p e r a t i n g the mini loader.

114

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 217

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)
Installation
Hand Lever

Bob-Tach

N O T E : T h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e for the
a t t a c h m e n t h a s a top f l a n g e that is d e s i g n e d
to r e c e i v e the top e d g e of the B o b - T a c h a n d
the l o w e r part of the f r a m e i s d e s i g n e d to
r e c e i v e the B o b - T a c h w e d g e s .

WARNING

B-23271

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .

W a r n i n g s o n the m a c h i n e a n d in the m a n u a l s a r e for


y o u r safety. F a i l u r e to o b e y w a r n i n g s c a n c a u s e
s e r i o u s injury or d e a t h .
W-2744-0608

Drive the mini loader slowly f o r w a r d until the top e d g e of


the Bob-Tach is c o m p l e t e l y under the top f l a n g e of the
attachment [Figure 217].

A l w a y s inspect the mini loader's B o b - T a c h a n d the


a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e before installation. S e e the
mini loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l . ( S e e
DAILY I N S P E C T I O N o n P a g e 47.)

N O T E : B e s u r e the B o b - T a c h l e v e r s do not hit t h e


attachment.
F i g u r e 218

F i g u r e 216

b
i

P-41502

B-23272

Pul the Bob-Tach levers up until they a r e fully raised


( w e d g e s fully raised) [ F i g u r e 2 1 6 ] .
M o v e to the operator's position. ( S e e E n t e r i n g
L e a v i n g T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n P a g e 114.)

Tilt the B o b - T a c h b a c k w a r d until the a t t a c h m e n t is slightly


off the g r o u n d [ F i g u r e 218]. T h i s will c a u s e t h e
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e to fit up against the front of
the B o b - T a c h .

And

N O T E : W h e n l e a v i n g the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n to install


a n a t t a c h m e n t , tilt the a t t a c h m e n t until it i s
s l i g h t l y off the g r o u n d .

S t a r t the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .


Leave the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n . (See E n t e r i n g A n d L e a v i n g
T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n Page 114.)

115

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 220

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)
Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Hand Lever

Bob-Tach

(Cont'd)

WARNING
Frame Contact Points

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :

P-94955

L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n the


ground.

S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

M o v e all p e d i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d other
c o n t r o l s until they are L O C K E D or in the
N E U T R A L position.
S E E T H E MACHINE O P E R A T I O N & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.

Both levers m u s t c o n t a c t the f r a m e as s h o w n

when

locked [ F i g u r e 2 2 0 ] .
If both levers d o not e n g a g e in the locked position, s e e
y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for m a i n t e n a n c e .

W-2722-0208

F i g u r e 219

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
T h e B o b - T a c h w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s
in the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e . L e v e r s m u s t be
fully d o w n a n d l o c k e d . F a i l u r e to s e c u r e w e d g e s c a n
allow a t t a c h m e n t to c o m e off.
W-2715-0208

F i g u r e 221

P u s h d o w n o n the Bob-Tach levers until t h e y are fully


e n g a g e d in the locked position [ F i g u r e 219] ( w e d g e s
fully e x t e n d e d t h r o u g h the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e
holes).

P-79780

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in
a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e , securely fastening
a t t a c h m e n t to t h e B o b - T a c h [ F i g u r e 2 2 1 ] .

the
the

C o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s on P a g e 135.)

116

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 223

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)
Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Bob-Tach

/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Bolt-On)

F i g u r e 222

P-88686

Tilt t h e Bob-Tach b a c k w a r d until the b r e a k e r is slightly off


the ground [Figure 223].
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e a n d stop t h e e n g i n e .
P-88687

L e a v e the operator's p o s i t i o n . (See E n t e r i n g A n d L e a v i n g


T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n Page 114.)

Install the b r e a k e r m o u n t (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 222] o n t h e


mini loader.

F i g u r e 224

Place the b r e a k e r o n a block (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 222].


Enter the operator's p o s i t i o n . ( S e e Entering A n d L e a v i n g
T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n P a g e 114.)
Start the e n g i n e a n d r e l a s e the parking brake.
Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d .
Drive the mini l o a d e r f o r w a r d until the b r e a k e r

mount

f r a m e e n g a g e s t h e b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 222].

Install the pate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 2 4 ] .

117

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S

F i g u r e 226

(CONT'D)
Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Bob-Tach/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Bolt-On)

(Cont'd)

Figure 225

R o u t e the hydraulic h o s e s t h r o u g h the h o s e g u i d e s (Item


1) o n the breaker f r a m e [ F i g u r e 226].
C o n n e c t the h o s e c o u p l e r s to the l o a d e r quick c o u p l e r s .
( S e e Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s on P a g e 120.)
Install the bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 225].

Turn the h o s e s so the h o s e s a r e not t w i s t e d or kinked.

T i g h t e n the bolts to 170 - 190 Nm (125 - 140 ft-lb)


t o r q u e . Retired the bolts after every eight h o u r s of
operation.

T h e h o s e s s h o u l d route
g u i d e s to the breaker.

smoothly

through

the

hose

T h e h o s e s m u s t not c o n t a c t the tracks.

N O T E : Do not o v e r t o r q u e the b o l t s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


2 2 5 ] . O v e r t o r q u i n g m a y c a u s e bolt or t h r e a d
d a m a g e or c o u l d r e s u l t in the b o l t s b r e a k i n g
during operation.

118

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Rotate the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s as n e e d e d so the


h o s e s are not t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g p a r t s of
the mini loader or a t t a c h m e n t .

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)
Installation ( C o n t ' d )
For First

Time

W i t h the twist(s) r e m o v e d f r o m the hydraulic h o s e s ,


tighten the a t t a c h m e n t quick c o u p l e r c o n n e c t i o n s w h i l e
t h e c o u p l e r s a r e still c o n n e c t e d to the mini loader. T h i s
will help hold the hydraulic h o s e s in position while
tightening.

Installation

N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d new mini l o a d e r s a r e factory


e q u i p p e d with flush face c o u p l e r s . If installing an
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the
a t t a c h m e n t c o u p l e r s will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h
the mini loader. S e e your B o b c a t d e a l e r for p a r t s
information.

T i g h t e n the quick c o u p l e r s c o n n e c t i o n s to 6 3 Nm (46 ftIb) t o r q u e before s t a r t i n g t h e mini loader.


Enter the operator's position. (See Entering A n d L e a v i n g
T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n Page 114.)

IMPORTANT

Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.


E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. ( S e e the mini loader's
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the q u i c k c o u p l e r s before
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt c a n q u i c k l y d a m a g e the
system.
C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil l e a k a g e in a n
environmentally safe manner.

1-2278-0608

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
D i e s e l fuel or h y d r a u l i c fluid u n d e r p r e s s u r e c a n
p e n t r a t e s k i n or e y e s , c a u s i n g s e r i o u s injury or
d e a t h . F l u i d l e a k s u n d e r p r e s s u r e m a y not be v i s i b l e .
U s e a p i e c e of c a r d b o a r d or w o o d to find l e a k s . Do
not u s e y o u r b a r e h a n d . W e a r s a f e t y g o g g l e s . If fluid
e n t e r s s k i n or e y e s , get i m m e d i a t e m e d i c a l attention
f r o m a p h y s i c i a n familiar with t h i s injury.

W i t h the mini loader e n g i n e off a n d u s i n g the h o s e g u i d e s


(if e q u i p p e d ) , route the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s to the
mini loader. C o n n e c t the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic quick
c o u p l e r s to the mini loader c o u p l e r s . ( S e e Hydraulic
Q u i c k C o u p l e r s on Page 120.)
C h e c k that the a t t a c h m e n t hydraulic h o s e s a r e not
t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g p a r t s of the mini loader
or a t t a c h m e n t .

W-2072-0807

Check
the
attachment
c o n n e c t i o n s for leaks.

N O T E : It m a y be n e c e s s a r y to l o o s e n the q u i c k
c o u p l e r s o n the a t t a c h m e n t h y d r a u l i c h o s e s
to r e m o v e a n y t w i s t s in the h o s e s .

WARNING

hydraulic

quick

coupler

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W e a r s a f e t y g l a s s e s to p r e v e n t e y e injury w h e n a n y
of the foliowing c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :

W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .


F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o s e material i s p r e s e n t .
E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
Tools are being u s e d .
W-2019-0907

L o o s e n the quick coupler c o n n e c t i o n s o n t h e a t t a c h m e n t


hydraulic h o s e s while c o n n e c t e d to t h e mini loader. Do
not r e m o v e the quick c o u p l e r s .

119

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)

Hydraulic Quick Couplers

AVOID B U R N S
H y d r a u l i c fluid, t u b e s , fittings a n d q u i c k c o u p l e r s
c a n get hot w h e n r u n n i n g m a c h i n e a n d a t t a c h m e n t s .
B e careful w h e n c o n n e c t i n g and d i s c o n n e c t i n g quick
couplers.

IMPORTANT

WARNING

T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the q u i c k c o u p l e r s before
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt c a n q u i c k l y d a m a g e the
system.
C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil l e a k a g e in a n
environmentally safe manner.

W-2220-0396

To

Connect:

R e m o v e a n y dirt or d e b r i s f r o m the surface of both the


m a l e a n d f e m a l e c o u p l e r s , a n d f r o m the o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r
of the m a l e coupler. Visually c h e c k the c o u p l e r s for
c o r r o d i n g , c r a c k i n g , d a m a g e , or e x c e s s i v e wear. If any of
t h e s e c o n d i t i o n s exist, the coupler(s) m u s t be r e p l a c e d
[ F i g u r e 227].

1-2278-0608

N e w a t t a c h m e n t s a n d new mini loaders a r e factory


e q u i p p e d with flush face c o u p l e r s . If installing an
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the
a t t a c h m e n t couplers will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h
the mini loader. See your B o b c a t d e a l e r for parts
information.

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r into the f e m a l e coupler. Full


c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n the ball relase sleeve slides
f o r w a r d on the f e m a l e coupler.

N O T E : Make s u r e the q u i c k c o u p l e r s a r e fully


e n g a g e d . If the q u i c k c o u p l e r s d o not fully
e n g a g e , c h e c k to s e e that the c o u p l e r s a r e the
s a m e s i z e a n d type.

N O T E : C h e c k that the a t t a c h m e n t h y d r a u l i c h o s e s
a r e not t w i s t e d or c o n t a c t i n g a n y m o v i n g
p a r t s of the mini l o a d e r or a t t a c h m e n t . ( S e e
F o r F i r s t T i m e Installation o n P a g e 119.) for
proper adjustment.

F i g u r e 227

To

Disconnect:

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the mini loader's


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
P u s h the c o u p l e r s together, retract the sleeve o n the
f e m a l e c o u p l e r until the c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t .

120

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S

F i g u r e 229

(CONT'D)
Control Functions
E n g a g e auxiliary hydraulics. (See t h e mini loader's
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
N O T E : T h e a u x i l i a r y h y d r a u l i c s m u s t be
prior to a t t a c h m e n t o p e r a t i o n .

activated

F i g u r e 228

Variable

Flow

Pul the auxiliary hydraulic control lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


229] rearward for auxiliary hydraulic oil flow to the front
f e m a l e coupler. T h e b r e a k e r will start. ( S e e t h e mini
loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for a c o m p l e t e
d e s c r i p t i o n o n mini loader controls.)
N O T E : H y d r a u l i c oil flow i n c r e a s e s to the c o u p l e r a s
the lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 229] is p u l l e d
rearward.
W i t h t h e o p e r a t o r at the operator's position at t h e rear of
the mini loader, start the e n g i n e . M o v e the A u x i l i a r y
H y d r a u l i c C o n t r o l Lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 228] r e a r w a r d
for auxiliary hydraulic flow to the front f e m a l e coupler.
T h e hydraulic b r e a k e r will start.

Continuous

Flow

W h i l e holding the C o n t i n u o u s Flow Shutoff Lever (Item 2)


d o w n , pul the Auxiliary Hydraulic C o n t r o l Lever (Item 1)
[ F i g u r e 229] all the way rearward until it locks (detent
position) for c o n t i n u o u s hydraulic oil flow to the front
f e m a l e coupler. T h e b r e a k e r will start. ( S e e the mini
loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for a c o m p l e t e
d e s c r i p t i o n o n mini loader controls.)

M o v e t h e Auxiliary Hydraulic Control Lever to the neutral


position to d i s e n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics. T h e
hydraulic b r e a k e r will stop. (See the mini loader's
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for a c o m p l e t e
d e s c r i p t i o n o n mini loader controls.)

If t h e C o n t i n u o u s Flow Shutoff Lever (Item 2) is r e l e a s e d


while in c o n t i n u o u s flow, the Auxiliary H y d r a u l i c C o n t r o l
Lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 229] will return to neutral after o n e
to three s e c o n d s a n d auxiliary hydraulic oil flow will stop.
To r e s u m e the c o n t i n u o u s flow o p e r a t i o n , m a k e s u r e the
Auxiliary Hydraulic C o n t r o l Lever (Item 1) is in neutral
a n d press d o w n on the C o n t i n u o u s F l o w Shutoff Lever.
M o v e the Auxiliary Hydraulic C o n t r o l Lever (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 229] all the way f o r w a r d or r e a r w a r d until it locks
(detent position).
N O T E : T h e C o n t i n u o u s F l o w S h u t o f f L e v e r (Item 2)
m u s t be in the U P p o s i t i o n a n d the A u x i l i a r y
H y d r a u l i c C o n t r o l L e v e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 229]
m u s t be in N E U T R A L to s t a r t t h e e n g i n e .
N O T E : T h e C o n t i n u o u s F l o w S h u t o f f L e v e r (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 229] m u s t return to t h e U P p o s i t i o n
when released.

121

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 230

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)

Vertical Operating Position

O p e r a t i o n With T h e Mini L o a d e r

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,
h a r d hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r i s
in o p e r a t i o n .
D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from
equipment w h e n operating.

P-88721

W-2627-0910

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the vertical position [ F i g u r e 2 3 0 ] , o n


fat material, keep the tool vertical or c u r l e d b a c k a small
a m o u n t to direct the impact forc d o w n w a r d a n d slightly
t o w a r d the mini loader.

For the first t i m e u s e o n a rebuilt breaker, u s e low e n g i n e


r p m a n d feather the hydraulics to fill the internal
p a s s a g e s of the b r e a k e r with hydraulic oil. If the b r e a k e r
is u s e d without first f l o o d i n g the hydraulic p a s s a g e s ,
internal d a m a g e m a y result.

F i g u r e 231
Horizontal O p e r a t i n g P o s i t i o n

In c o l d w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s , w a r m the mini l o a d e r
hydraulic fluid to o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e before o p e r a t i n g
the breaker.

P-88720

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the horizontal position [ F i g u r e 2 3 1 ] ,


w o r k near the e d g e .

122

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

U s e the following p r o c e d u r e s as a g u i d e w h e n o p e r a t i n g
the b r e a k e r :

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)
O p e r a t i o n With T h e Mini L o a d e r ( C o n t ' d )
Tips /

will

become

Recommendations

N O T E : With e x p e r i e n c e , the o p e r a t o r
m o r e effective at b r e a k i n g .

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,
hard hat a n d n o i s e protection w h e n the b r e a k e r i s
in o p e r a t i o n .
D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m
equipment when operating.

(20

ft)

away

from

W-2627-0910

IMPORTANT
A v o i d B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r is not in u s e .

B r e a k off small p i e c e s to p r e v e n t d a m a g e to the


e q u i p m e n t f r o m falling material.

K e e p the tool p e r p e n d i c u l a r to the w o r k s u r f a c e .

A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c by raising the front of the mini


loader slightly off t h e g r o u n d .

A p p l y p e n e t r a t i n g f o r c for no m o r e t h a n 15 s e c o n d s .

M o v e the tool to a different location w h e n e v e r the tool


p e n e t r a t e s but d o e s not c r a c k the m a t e r i a l .

Strike the material s e v e r a l p l a c e s along a line w h e r e


y o u w a n t it to b r e a k .

D e e p tool p e n e t r a t i o n is not n e c e s s a r y , 152 - 2 5 4 m m


( 6 - 1 0 in) is usually e n o u g h to b r e a k t h e m a t e r i a l .

C o n c r e t e reinforced with rebar will hold t o g e t h e r w h e n


c o n c r e t e is b r o k e n . U s e a chisel point tool to cut the
rebar.

E x c e s s i v e s i d e w a y s forc c a n c a u s e tool b i n d i n g ,
poor b r e a k i n g a n d w e a r of the tool s h a n k , c y l i n d e r s
and breaker attachment.

A l w a y s direct the forc t o w a r d the point of the tool in


c o n t a c t with the m a t e r i a l .

I-2205-0800

IMPORTANT
Do not u s e t h e b r e a k e r bit a s a pry bar to m o v e
broken material. E x c e s s prying forc c a n c a u s e
d a m a g e to the b r e a k e r or m a c h i n e .
I-2074-0409

123

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 232

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)
Removal
Hand Lever

Bob-Tach

L o w e r the lift a r m s a n d put the a t t a c h m e n t fat on t h e


ground.

Lower

or

cise

the

hydraulic

equipment

(if

equipped).
N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s or to p r e v e n t
the
a t t a c h m e n t from f r e e z i n g to the g r o u n d , put
the a t t a c h m e n t o n p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m the mini
loader.
Pul the Bob-Tach levers up until they are fully raised
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .

( w e d g e s fully raised) [ F i g u r e 232].

R e l a s e auxiliary hydraulic p r e s s u r e (if a p p l i c a b l e ) . ( S e e


the mini loader's O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for

correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Leave the operator's position. (See Entering A n d L e a v i n g
T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position on Page 114.)

WARNING

B o b - T a c h l e v e r s h a v e s p r i n g t e n s i n . Hold lever
tightly a n d r e l a s e s l o w l y . F a i l u r e to o b e y w a r n i n g
c a n c a u s e injury.
W-2054-1285

WARNING

Enter the operator's p o s i t i o n . (See Entering A n d L e a v i n g


T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position on Page 114.)

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :

Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.

L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n t h e


ground.

S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

M o v e all p e d i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d o t h e r
c o n t r o l s until they a r e L O C K E D or in the
N E U T R A L position.
S E E T H E MACHINE OPERATION & M A I N T E N A N C E
MANUAL FOR M O R E INFORMATION.

F i g u r e 233

W-2722-0208

D i s c o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic h o s e s (if a p p l i c a b l e ) . ( S e e


Hydraulic Q u i c k C o u p l e r s on Page 120.)

B-23271

Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d a n d drive the mini loader


b a c k w a r d , away f r o m the a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 233].

124

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Figure 235

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E W I T H MINI L O A D E R S
(CONT'D)
R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
Bob-Tach

/X-Change

Mounting

Frame

(Bolt-On)

Park the loader on a fat a n d level surface.


L o w e r the b r e a k e r fully to t h e g r o u n d .
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .
Relieve

hydraulic

Operation

&

pressure.

Maintenance

(See

the

Manual

mini

and

for

loader's
correct

procedure.)
L e a v e the operator's p o s i t i o n . ( S e e Entering A n d L e a v i n g

R e m o v e t h e pate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 3 5 ] .

T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n P a g e 114.)

Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 120.)

E n t e r the operator's position. (See E n t e r i n g A n d L e a v i n g


T h e O p e r a t o r ' s Position o n Page 114.)

F i g u r e 234

S t a r t the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

Disconnect

auxiliary

hydraulic

hoses.

(See

Hydraulic

F i g u r e 236

P-88687

R e m o v e the bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 234].


Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d while b a c k i n g t h e mini loader
a w a y f r o m the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 2 3 6 ] .
N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s or to p r e v e n t the
a t t a c h m e n t f r o m f r e e z i n g to t h e g r o u n d , put
t h e a t t a c h m e n t o n p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t f r o m t h e mini
loader.

125

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
BACKHOES

F i g u r e 238
LOADER

Approved Loader B a c k h o e Models And


Requirements
Figure 237
LOADER
BACKHOE
MODEL

HB S E R I E S B R E A K E R
680

880

B100

B200

B250

280

980

1180

B300

BL-370

BL-570

(X = A p p r o v e d )
F i g u r e 239

T h e c h a r t [ F i g u r e 237] s h o w s the hydraulic b r e a k e r


m o d e l s a p p r o v e d for use with e a c h loader b a c k h o e
model.

BACKHOE

W a r r a n t y on t h i s a t t a c h m e n t is void if u s e d on a n o n a p p r o v e d carrier. S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for a


c u r r e n t list of a p p r o v e d c a r r i e r s .

A WARNING
Never u s e a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h a r e not
a p p r o v e d by the B o b c a t C o m p a n y . A t t a c h m e n t s a n d
b u c k e t s for s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
a p p r o v e d for e a c h m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
a n d b u c k e t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .

T h e loader b a c k h o e must be e q u i p p e d with


hydraulics [ F i g u r e 238] or [ F i g u r e 2 3 9 ] .

W-2662-0108

126

auxiliary

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R

Exiting

B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t on the g r o u n d
(slightly a b o v e g r o u n d w h e n installing buckets or
attachments).

Entering A n d Exiting The Loader B a c k h o e


Entering

M a k e s u r e all c o n t r o l s are in neutral.


Figure 240
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake.
Stop the e n g i n e .
Exit the loader b a c k h o e .

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
Before you leave the operator's seat:

L o w e r the lift a r m s , put the a t t a c h m e n t o n the


g r o u n d (slightly a b o v e g r o u n d w h e n i n s t a l l i n g
buckets and attachments).

P-47559A

Use the s t e p s a n d grab h a n d l e to get on a n d off the


loader b a c k h o e [ F i g u r e 240].

M a k e s u r e all c o n t r o l s a r e in neutral.
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .
S t o p the e n g i n e .
W-2467-0803

N O T E : Maintain three-point c o n t a c t at all t i m e s w h i l e


e n t e r i n g or exiting the loader b a c k h o e . Do not
jump.
F i g u r e 241

Enter the loader b a c k h o e . Fasten the seat belt snugly.


A d j u s t the seat belt so the belt is over the operator's hips
[ F i g u r e 241].
Put all c o n t r o l s in neutral position.
S e e the l o a d e r b a c k h o e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e
M a n u a l for d e t a i l e d information o n o p e r a t i n g the loader
backhoe.

127

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 242

Installation
Hand Lever

Bob-Tach

N O T E : T h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e for the
a t t a c h m e n t h a s a top f l a n g e that is d e s i g n e d
to r e c e i v e the top e d g e of the B o b - T a c h a n d
the lower part of the f r a m e i s d e s i g n e d to
r e c e i v e the B o b - T a c h w e d g e s .

WARNING

P-41502

T h e s i g n a l word W A R N I N G on the m a c h i n e a n d in the


m a n u a l s i n d i c a t e s a potentially h a z a r d o u s s i t u a t i o n
w h i c h , if not a v o i d e d , c o u l d result in d e a t h or s e r i o u s
injury.

Pul the Bob-Tach levers all the way up [ F i g u r e 2 4 2 ] .


Enter the loader b a c k h o e . (See Entering A n d Exiting T h e
L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)

W-2044-1107

Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the parking brake.

F i g u r e 243

WARNING

B e f o r e y o u leave the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :

L o w e r the lift a r m ( s ) fully.

S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

Move all p e d i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d other


c o n t r o l s until they are L O C K E D or in the
N E U T R A L position.
S E E T H E MACHINE OPERATION & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.
W-2500-0404

A l w a y s nspect the m a c h i n e s ' s Bob-Tach a n d the


a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e before installation. S e e the
m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l . (See
A t t a c h m e n t M o u n t i n g Frame on Page 47.)

B-23271

Tilt the B o b - T a c h f o r w a r d . Drive the loader f o r w a r d until


t h e t o p e d g e of the Bob-Tach is c o m p l e t e l y u n d e r t h e
f l a n g e of the a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e [ F i g u r e 2 4 3 ] .
Be s u r e the B o b - T a c h levers do not hit the
breaker.

128

hydraulic

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Figure 245

Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Hand Lever

Bob-Tach

(Cont'd)

WARNING

B e f o r e y o u l e a v e the o p e r a t o r ' s p o s i t i o n :

L o w e r the lift a r m ( s ) fully.

S t o p the e n g i n e a n d e n g a g e the p a r k i n g b r a k e .

Move all p e d i s , h a n d l e s , j o y s t i c k s , a n d other


c o n t r o l s until they a r e L O C K E D or in the
N E U T R A L position.
S E E T H E MACHINE O P E R A T I O N & MAINTENANCE
MANUAL F O R M O R E INFORMATION.

P-41502A

P u s h d o w n on the Bob-Tach levers until they are fully


e n g a g e d in the locked position [ F i g u r e 245].
F i g u r e 246

W-2500-0404

F i g u r e 244

Frame Contact Points


P-94955

T h e levers m u s t c o n t a c t the f r a m e as s h o w n w h e n locked


[Figure 246].

B-23272

If the levers d o not e n g a g e in the locked p o s i t i o n , s e e


y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for m a i n t e n a n c e .

Tilt the Bob-Tach b a c k w a r d until t h e Bob-Tach is tight


a g a i n s t the lower part of t h e a t t a c h m e n t m o u n t i n g f r a m e
[ F i g u r e 244].
Do not raise the lift a r m s . T h i s c a n c a u s e the a t t a c h m e n t
m o u n t i n g f r a m e to m o v e a w a y f r o m the B o b - T a c h .
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d s t o p t h e e n g i n e .
Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e
L o a d e r B a c k h o e on Page 127.)

129

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Pin-On

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

N O T E : A n e x c a v a t o r i s s h o w n in the p i c t u r e s , but the


p r o c e d u r e is the s a m e for both e x c a v a t o r s
and loader b a c k h o e s .

Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Hand Lever

Bob-Tach

X-Change

(Cont'd)
Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d
the loader b a c k h o e d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up.

WARNING

Enter the loader b a c k h o e . (See Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)

B o b - T a c h w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the h o l e s in
a t t a c h m e n t . L e v e r ( s ) m u s t be fully d o w n a n d l o c k e d .
F a i l u r e to s e c u r e w e d g e s c a n allow a t t a c h m e n t to
c o m e off a n d c a u s e injury or d e a t h .

S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e


M a n u a l to correctly o p r a t e the loader b a c k h o e .
Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.

W-2102-0497

Fully retract the bucket cylinder.

F i g u r e 247

M o v e t h e a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .
F i g u r e 248

P-79780

T h e w e d g e s m u s t e x t e n d t h r o u g h the holes in the


m o u n t i n g f r a m e of the a t t a c h m e n t , securely fastening the
a t t a c h m e n t to the B o b - T a c h [ F i g u r e 247].
R a i s e the b o o m until the pins (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
e n g a g e the h o o k s o n the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

130

248]

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R

F i g u r e 250

B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Pin-On

X-Change

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 249

P-49705

Inspect the pin (Item 1 ) [ F i g u r e 250] for w e a r or d a m a g e .


R e p l a c e the pin as n e e d e d .
A p p l y a light coat of g r e a s e to the e n d s of the pin (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 250].
F i g u r e 251
R a i s e the b o o m a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the
X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s the a t t a c h m e n t b a c k [ F i g u r e 2 4 9 ] .
W i t h the a r m vertical, lower t h e b o o m until t h e h o o k s
(Item 1) of the m o u n t i n g f r a m e d i s e n g a g e the pins (Item
2) of the X - C h a n g e a n d the pate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 249]
fully e n g a g e s in the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

WARNING

K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from e q u i p m e n t


w h e n o p e r a t i n g . C o n t a c t with m o v i n g p a r t s , a t r e n c h
c a v e - i n or flying o b j e c t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .
W-2119-0910

Drive the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 251] t h r o u g h the breaker


mount and X-Change.

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .


Relieve
hydraulic
pressure.
(See
the
machine's
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e
Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e
L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)

131

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Bolt-On

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R

X-Change

B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)
Pin-On

X-Change

(Cont'd)

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
N e v e r u s e a t t a c h m e n t s or b u c k e t s w h i c h a r e not
approved
by
Bobcat
Company.
Buckets
and
a t t a c h m e n t s for s a f e l o a d s of s p e c i f i e d d e n s i t i e s a r e
a p p r o v e d for e a c h m o d e l . U n a p p r o v e d a t t a c h m e n t s
c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .

Figure 252

W-2052-0907

Place the b r e a k e r o n blocks.


F i g u r e 253

P-61760B

Install the retainer pin (Item 1 ) [ F i g u r e 2 5 2 ] .

P-61704

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the loader b a c k h o e d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d are facing up
[ F i g u r e 253].
E n t e r the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e
L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n P a g e 127.)
S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e
M a n u a l to correctly o p r a t e the loader b a c k h o e .
Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.
Fully retract the bucket cylinder.

132

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Figure 256

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
Installation ( C o n t ' d )
Bolt-On

X-Change

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 254

Install the pate (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 256].


F i g u r e 257

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the breaker. R a i s e the b o o m until


the pins (Item 1) e n g a g e t h e h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 254]
on the m o u n t .
F i g u r e 255

Install the t w o bolts (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 257]. T i g h t e n the


bolts to 1 7 0 - 190 Nm ( 1 2 5 - 140 ft-lb) t o r q u e . R e - t o r q u e
the bolts after every eight h o u r s of o p e r a t i o n .
N O T E : Do Not o v e r t o r q u e the b o l t s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
2 5 7 ] . O v e r t o r q u i n g m a y c a u s e bolt or t h r e a d
d a m a g e or c o u l d r e s u l t in the b o l t s b r e a k i n g
during operation.

Raise the b o o m , a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the


X - C h a n g e c o n t a c t s the a t t a c h m e n t back [ F i g u r e 2 5 5 ] .
W i t h the a r m vertical, lower the b o o m until the h o o k s
(Item 1) of the b r e a k e r d i s e n g a g e t h e pins (Item 2) of the
X - C h a n g e a n d pate (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 255] fully e n g a g e s
in the c r o s s m e m b e r .
S t o p the e n g i n e .
Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e .
Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e
L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n P a g e 127.)

133

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Installation (Cont'd)
X-Change

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
N e v e r u s e the X - C h a n g e p i n s o n l y to lift the
a t t a c h m e n t . T h e a t t a c h m e n t c a n d i s e n g a g e a n d fall.

System

F i g u r e 258

W-2277-1297

F i g u r e 260

Position the b r e a k e r so the hydraulic h o s e s will be t o w a r d


the loader b a c k h o e d u r i n g o p e r a t i o n a n d a r e facing up
[ F i g u r e 258].
Enter the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e
Loader B a c k h o e on P a g e 127.)

R a i s e the b o o m a n d e x t e n d the bucket cylinder until the


X - C h a n g e s e a t s in the m a t i n g rea of the m o u n t i n g f r a m e
[ F i g u r e 260].

See the loader b a c k h o e ' s O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e


M a n u a l to correctly o p r a t e the loader b a c k h o e .

C o n t i n u to e x t e n d the bucket cylinder to raise the point


Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.

of the b r e a k e r off the g r o u n d .

Fully retract the bucket cylinder.

W i t h the a r m vertical, lower the b o o m to the g r o u n d until


the h o o k s of the breaker f r a m e d i s e n g a g e the pins of the
X-Change
and
the
pate
fully
engages
in
the
c r o s s m e m b e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 260] locking t h e b r e a k e r
f r a m e to the X - C h a n g e .

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g f r a m e .
F i g u r e 259

Raise the b o o m until the pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 259] o n the m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

134

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R

To

Disconnect:

B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct procedure.)
Rotate the ball relase sleeve so that the g r o o v e s (Item
2) are a l i g n e d with the pins (Item 1) in the f e m a l e c o u p l e r
[ F i g u r e 261].

Hydraulic Quick Couplers

IMPORTANT

T h o r o u g h l y c l e a n the q u i c k c o u p l e r s before
m a k i n g c o n n e c t i o n s . Dirt c a n q u i c k l y d a m a g e the
system.

C o n t a i n a n d d i s p o s e of a n y oil l e a k a g e in a n
environmentally safe manner.

P u s h the c o u p l e r s t o g e t h e r to relieve any resistance o n


the sleeve. retract the sleeve o n the f e m a l e c o u p l e r until
the c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t .
F i g u r e 262

1-2278-0608

New attachments and new machines are factory


e q u i p p e d with f l u s h face c o u p l e r s . If installing a n
a t t a c h m e n t e q u i p p e d with p o p p e t style c o u p l e r s , the
a t t a c h m e n t c o u p l e r s will have to be c h a n g e d to m a t c h
the m a c h i n e . S e e y o u r B o b c a t d e a l e r for
parts
information.
N O T E : M a k e s u r e the q u i c k c o u p l e r s a r e fully
e n g a g e d . If the q u i c k c o u p l e r s d o not fully
e n g a g e , c h e c k to s e e that the c o u p l e r s a r e the
s a m e size and type.
F i g u r e 261
F l u s h F a c e C o u p l e r With L o c k i n g C o l l a r

To

Connect:

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r into the f e m a l e coupler. Full


c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n the ball relase sleeve slides
forward on the f e m a l e c o u p l e r [ F i g u r e 262].
For First

Time

Installation:

W i t h the m a c h i n e e n g i n e off, c o n n e c t the a t t a c h m e n t


c o u p l e r s to the m a c h i n e c o u p l e r s . C h e c k the a t t a c h m e n t
h o s e s so the h o s e s not t w i s t e d a n d they route to the
m a c h i n e without c o n t a c t i n g any m o v i n g parts. T i g h t e n all
c o n n e c t i o n s before s t a r t i n g the loader b a c k h o e .
To
To

Disconnect:

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct procedure.)
Push the c o u p l e r s t o g e t h e r to relieve any resistance o n
the sleeve. retract the sleeve o n the f e m a l e c o u p l e r until
the c o u p l e r s d i s c o n n e c t [ F i g u r e 2 6 2 ] .

Connect:

Install the m a l e c o u p l e r into the f e m a l e coupler. Full


c o n n e c t i o n is m a d e w h e n the ball r e l a s e sleeve slides
f o r w a r d o n the f e m a l e c o u p l e r a n d the sleeve is r o t a t e d
so that the locking pins (Item 1) a n d the g r o o v e (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 261] do N O T align ( L o c k e d Position). T h i s will
prevent a c c i d e n t a l d i s c o n n e c t i o n .
N O T E : If the l o c k i n g p i n s a n d g r o o v e s a r e a l i g n e d
(Item
3)
[Figure
261],
accidental
d i s c o n n e c t i o n is p o s s i b l e .

135

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Loader

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R

Auxiliary

Hydraulic

Controls

B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
F i g u r e 265
Control F u n c t i o n s
E n g a g e the auxiliary hydraulics. ( S e e the
loader
backhoe's Operation & Maintenance
Manual
and
O p e r a t o r ' s H a n d b o o k for correct procedure.)
N O T E : W h e n u s i n g the b r e a k e r ,
f e m a l e c o u p l e r only.
Backhoe

Auxiliary

Hydraulic

pressurize

the

Controls

Figure 263

F i g u r e 266

P-49086A

F i g u r e 264

T h e loader auxiliary hydraulic c o u p l e r s (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


265] are c o n t r o l l e d by the loader auxiliary hydraulic
control lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 266] l o c a t e d on the right
side of the operator's seat.
M o v e the lever in slightly (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 266] for
f o r w a r d hydraulic flow to the f e m a l e c o u p l e r ( p r e s s u r i z e s
the f e m a l e c o u p l e r ) for b r e a k e r o p e r a t i o n .
M o v e the lever all the w a y in to the detent position (Item
3) [ F i g u r e 266] to lock the auxiliary hydraulics for
c o n t i n u o u s hydraulic flow to the front f e m a l e coupler.
T h e b a c k h o e auxiliary hydraulic c o u p l e r s (Item 1)
[ F i g u r e 263] are controlled by the b a c k h o e auxiliary
hydraulic control buttons (Item 1 a n d Item 2) [ F i g u r e 264]
on the b a c k h o e control handles.
Press a n d hold the right button (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 264] for
hydraulic flow ( e n e r g i z e s the f e m a l e coupler) for b r e a k e r
operation.

136

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 268

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

Vertical Operating Position (Backhoe)

O p e r a t i o n With T h e L o a d e r B a c k h o e

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
Operator and bystanders must wear goggles,
hard hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r is
in o p e r a t i o n .
D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from
equipment when operating.

P-88719

W-2627-0910

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the vertical position [ F i g u r e 267] or


[ F i g u r e 2 6 8 ] , on fat material, k e e p the tool vertical or
c u r l e d b a c k a small a m o u n t to direct the i m p a c t f o r c
d o w n w a r d a n d slightly t o w a r d t h e loader.

For the first time use on a rebuilt breaker, use low e n g i n e


r p m a n d feather the hydraulics to fill the internal
p a s s a g e s of the b r e a k e r with hydraulic oil. If the b r e a k e r
is u s e d w i t h o u t first f l o o d i n g the hydraulic p a s s a g e s ,
internal d a m a g e may result.

F i g u r e 269
Horizontal Operating Position (Loader)

In cold w e a t h e r c o n d i t i o n s , w a r m the loader b a c k h o e s


hydraulic fluid to o p e r a t i n g t e m p e r a t u r e before o p e r a t i n g
the breaker.
F i g u r e 267
Vertical Operating Position (Loader)

P-88720

F i g u r e 270
Horizontal Operating Position (Backhoe)

P-88721

P-88718

W h e n o p e r a t i n g in the horizontal position [ F i g u r e 269] or


[ F i g u r e 270], w o r k near the e d g e .

137

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

U s e the following p r o c e d u r e s as a g u i d e w h e n o p e r a t i n g
the breaker:

O p e r a t i o n With T h e L o a d e r B a c k h o e ( C o n t ' d )

N O T E : With e x p e r i e n c e , the o p e r a t o r

will

become

m o r e effective at b r e a k i n g .
Tips /

Ftecommendations

WARNING

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H

Operator and b y s t a n d e r s must wear goggles,


hard hat a n d n o i s e p r o t e c t i o n w h e n the b r e a k e r is
in o p e r a t i o n .
D O N O T d e m o l i s h o v e r h e a d m a t e r i a l s or c e i l i n g s .
K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from
equipment when operating.

B r e a k off small pieces to prevent d a m a g e to the


e q u i p m e n t f r o m falling material.

K e e p the tool p e r p e n d i c u l a r to the w o r k s u r f a c e .

A p p l y penetrating f o r c by raising the front of the


loader b a c k h o e slightly off the g r o u n d .

A p p l y penetrating forc for no m o r e t h a n 15 s e c o n d s .

M o v e the tool to a different location w h e n e v e r the tool


p e n e t r a t e s but does not crack the m a t e r i a l .

W-2627-0910

IMPORTANT
Avoid B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r i s not in u s e .

Strike the material s e v e r a l places a l o n g a line w h e r e


y o u w a n t it to break.

D e e p tool penetration is not n e c e s s a r y , 152 - 2 5 4 m m


( 6 - 1 0 in) is usually e n o u g h to b r e a k the m a t e r i a l .

C o n c r e t e reinforced with rebar will hold t o g e t h e r w h e n


c o n c r e t e is b r o k e n . Use a chisel point tool to cut the
rebar.

E x c e s s i v e s i d e w a y s forc can c a u s e tool b i n d i n g ,


p o o r b r e a k i n g a n d w e a r of the tool s h a n k , c y l i n d e r s
and breaker attachment.

A l w a y s direct the forc t o w a r d the point of the tool in


c o n t a c t with the material.

I-2205-0800

IMPORTANT
Do not u s e the b r e a k e r bit a s a pry bar to m o v e
b r o k e n material. E x c e s s p r y i n g forc c a n c a u s e
d a m a g e to the b r e a k e r or m a c h i n e .
I-2074-0409

138

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 272

Removal

WARNING

AVOID B U R N S
H y d r a u l i c fluid, t u b e s , fittings a n d q u i c k c o u p l e r s
c a n get hot w h e n r u n n i n g m a c h i n e a n d a t t a c h m e n t s .
Be careful w h e n connecting and d i s c o n n e c t i n g quick
couplers.
W-2220-0396
B-23271

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e t h e loader b a c k h o e ' s


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
D i s c o n n e c t auxiliary hydraulic
Q u i c k C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 135.)
Hand Lever

hoses.

(See

Tilt the Bob-Tach f o r w a r d while b a c k i n g the


a w a y f r o m the a t t a c h m e n t [ F i g u r e 2 7 2 ] .

Hydraulic

N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s or to p r e v e n t the
a t t a c h m e n t f r o m f r e e z i n g to the g r o u n d , put
the a t t a c h m e n t o n p l a n k s or b l o c k s b e f o r e
r e m o v i n g the a t t a c h m e n t from the l o a d e r
backhoe.

Bob-Tach

F i g u r e 271

machine

filfil

P-41502B

Pul t h e B o b - T a c h levers all the way up [ F i g u r e 2 7 1 ] .


Enter t h e loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e
L o a d e r B a c k h o e on Page 127.)
Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.

139

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)

R e m o v a l (Cont'd)
Pin-On

AVOID I N J U R Y O R D E A T H
W e a r s a f e t y g l a s s e s to p r e v e n t e y e injury w h e n a n y
of the following c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :

W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .

X-Change

Select a fat a n d level surface.


Position the a r m vertically,

lower the

b r e a k e r to

WARNING

the

g r o u n d . E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop e n g i n e .


Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the l o a d e r b a c k h o e ' s
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o s e material i s p r e s e n t .
Engine is running.
Tools are being u s e d .
W-2019-0907

Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e on Page 127.)

F i g u r e 275

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s on Page 135.)
F i g u r e 273

Enter the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e on Page 127.)
P-61760B

Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.

R e m o v e the retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 7 3 ] .

Lift the b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in) a n d fully


retract the bucket cylinder to d i s e n g a g e the b r e a k e r
[ F i g u r e 275].

F i g u r e 274

L o w e r the b o o m until the X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) a r e


clear of the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 2 7 5 ] .
M o v e t h e a r m t o w a r d the m a c h i n e until the X - C h a n g e
pins are clear of the breaker.

IMPORTANT
A v o i d B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r is not in u s e .
I-2205-0800

Drive the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 274] out of the b r e a k e r a n d


X-Change Mount.
t
140

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 277

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R
B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
Removal (Cont'd)
Bolt-On

X-Change

F i g u r e 276

R e m o v e the t w o bolts (Item 1) a n d pate (Item 2) [ F i g u r e


277].
F i g u r e 278
P-61761

Select a fat a n d level s u r f a c e .


Position the a r m vertically a n d put the breaker o n the
ground [Figure 276].
E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .
Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the loader b a c k h o e ' s
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )
Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e E n t e r i n g A n d Exiting T h e
L o a d e r B a c k h o e on P a g e 127.)

P-61756

D i s c o n n e c t the auxiliary c o u p l e r s . (See Hydraulic Q u i c k


C o u p l e r s o n P a g e 135.)

Enter

the

backhoe.

(See

Entering

And

Exiting

The

L o a d e r B a c k h o e on P a g e 127.)
Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.
R a i s e the b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in) until the
X - C h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e t h e h o o k s (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 278] o n the breaker.

IMPORTANT
A v o i d B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r i s not in u s e .
I-2205-0800

141

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

X-Change

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R

System

B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
S e l e c t a fat a n d level surace.
Removal (Cont'd)
Bolt-On

X-Change

Position t h e a r m vertically, lower the b r e a k e r to the


g r o u n d . E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake a n d stop the e n g i n e .

(Cont'd)

Relieve hydraulic p r e s s u r e . (See the loader b a c k h o e ' s


O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for correct p r o c e d u r e . )

F i g u r e 279

Exit the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)
D i s c o n n e c t t h e auxiliary c o u p l e r s . ( S e e H y d r a u l i c Q u i c k
C o u p l e r s on P a g e 135.)
F i g u r e 280

Fully retract the bucket cylinder a n d lower the b o o m a n d


a r m until the b r e a k e r is o n the g r o u n d , a n d the X - C h a n g e
pins (Item 1) are d i s e n g a g e d f r o m t h e h o o k s (Item 2)
[Figure 279].
Move the a r m t o w a r d the loader b a c k h o e until t h e XC h a n g e pins are clear of the breaker.

P-617752

Install the X - C h a n g e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 280] in the


latch.

IMPORTANT
A v o i d B l a n k (No L o a d ) F i r i n g . D i s e n g a g e a u x i l i a r y
h y d r a u l i c s w h e n b r e a k e r is not in u s e .
I-2205-0800

142

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

O P E R A T I N G P R O C E D U R E WITH L O A D E R

B A C K H O E S (CONT'D)
Removal (Cont'd)
X-Change

System

WARNING

K e e p all b y s t a n d e r s 6 m (20 ft) a w a y from e q u i p m e n t


w h e n o p e r a t i n g . C o n t a c t with m o v i n g p a r t s , a t r e n c h
c a v e - i n or flying o b j e c t s c a n c a u s e injury or d e a t h .

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 281

W-2119-0910

F i g u r e 283

Pul the lever (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 281] a w a y f r o m


m a c h i n e , to unlock the latch. R e m o v e the tool.

the

Fully retract the bucket cylinder. L o w e r the b o o m a n d a r m


until the b r e a k e r is o n t h e g r o u n d a n d the X - C h a n g e pins
(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 283] are clear of t h e breaker.

F i g u r e 282

M o v e the a r m t o w a r d the m a c h i n e until the X - C h a n g e


pins are clear of the breaker.

P-61756

Enter the loader b a c k h o e . ( S e e Entering A n d Exiting T h e


L o a d e r B a c k h o e o n Page 127.)
Start the e n g i n e a n d relase the p a r k i n g brake.
Lift the b o o m a p p r o x i m a t e l y 3 0 5 m m (12 in), until t h e XC h a n g e pins (Item 1) e n g a g e the h o o k s (Item 2) [ F i g u r e
282] o n the breaker.

143

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

LIFTING T H E ATTACHMENT

Fasten the c h a i n s
[Figure 285].

to the

breaker

F i g u r e 286

[ F i g u r e 284]

and

144

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

LIFTING T H E ATTACHMENT (CONT'D)

Fasten the c h a i n s
[ F i g u r e 288].

to the

breaker

[ F i g u r e 287]

Figure 289

and

145

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

T R A N S P O R T I N G T H E ATTACHMENT ON A T R A I L E R

F i g u r e 292

Fastening
Bob-Tach

Mounting

Frame

F i g u r e 290

Fasten the c h a i n s to the breaker a n d to the t r a n s p o n


vehicle [ F i g u r e 2 9 0 ] , [ F i g u r e 291] a n d [ F i g u r e 2 9 2 ] .
U s e c h a i n b i n d e r s to prevent the b r e a k e r f r o m m o v i n g
during transport.
S e c u r e the hydraulic h o s e s to the breaker.

146

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Figure 295

T R A N S P O R T I N G T H E ATTACHMENT ON A T R A I L E R
(CONT'D)
Fastening (Cont'd)
X-Change

Or Pin-On

Mounting

Frame

Figure 293

Fasten the c h a i n s to the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 2 9 3 ] , [ F i g u r e


2 9 4 ] , a n d [ F i g u r e 2 9 5 ] a n d to t h e t r a n s p o r t vehicle.
Figure 296

Figure 294

For pin on b r e a k e r m o u n t i n g t r a m e s , install the pin (Item


1) a n d retainer (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 2 9 6 ] in the m o u n t i n g
frame.
Install the c h a i n s (Item 3) a r o u n d the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e
2 9 6 ] a n d to the t r a n s p o r t vehicle.
Fasten the c h a i n s to the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 2 9 3 ] , [ F i g u r e
2 9 4 ] a n d [ F i g u r e 2 9 5 ] a n d to the t r a n s p o r t vehicle.
U s e c h a i n binders to prevent the b r e a k e r f r o m m o v i n g
during transport.
S e c u r e the hydraulic h o s e s to the breaker.

147

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

T R A N S P O R T I N G T H E ATTACHMENT AND
ON A T R A I L E R

MACHINE

Loading And Fastening

WARNING

AVOID S E R I O U S INJURY O R D E A T H
A d e q u a t e l y d e s i g n e d r a m p s of s u f f i c i e n t s t r e n g t h a r e
n e e d e d to s u p p o r t the w e i g h t of the m a c h i n e w h e n
loading onto a transport vehicle. Wood r a m p s c a n
b r e a k a n d c a u s e p e r s o n a l injury.
W-2058-0807

Be s u r e t h e t r a n s p o r t a n d t o w i n g v e h i c l e s a r e of
a d e q u a t e size a n d c a p a c i t y for weight of m a c h i n e a n d
a t t a c h m e n t c o m b i n a t i o n . (See m a c h i n e a n d a t t a c h m e n t
O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l s for specifications.)
Loading
T h e rear of the trailer must be blocked or s u p p o r t e d w h e n
loading a n d u n l o a d i n g to prevent the front of the trailer
f r o m raising.

L o a d the h e a v i e s t e n d of the m a c h i n e a n d a t t a c h m e n t
c o m b i n a t i o n first.

L o w e r the a t t a c h m e n t to the floor.

Stop the engine.

E n g a g e the p a r k i n g brake (if e q u i p p e d ) .

Exit t h e m a c h i n e . (See the m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n &


M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l for the correct p r o c e d u r e . )

Fastening
Install t h e c h a i n s at the front a n d rear tie d o w n positions
o n t h e m a c h i n e . ( S e e the m a c h i n e ' s O p e r a t i o n &
M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l to properly c h a i n the m a c h i n e to
the t r a n s p o r t vehicle.)

Install c h a i n s on the a t t a c h m e n t (if n e e d e d ) .

F a s t e n e a c h e n d of the c h a i n to the t r a n s p o r t v e h i c l e .

N O T E : U s e c h a i n b i n d e r s to prevent the a t t a c h m e n t
a n d m a c h i n e from m o v i n g d u r i n g t r a n s p o r t .

148

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE SAFETY

151

TROUBLESHOOTING
Chart

153
153

SERVICE SCHEDULE
Chart

155
155

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS


Weekly Inspection
Retaining Band Replacement
Nitrogen Chamber

156
156
159
160

LUBRICATING THE ATTACHMENT


Lubrication Locations

164
164

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL


Procedure (External Retaining Band)
Procedure (Internal Retaining Band)

166
166
173

ATTACHMENT STORAGE AND RETURN TO SERVICE


Storage
Return To Service

177
177
177

149

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

MAINTENANCE SAFETY
A

WARNING

I n s t r u c t i o n s are n e c e s s a r y b e f o r e o p e r a t i n g or s e r v i c i n g m a c h i n e . Read a n d
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator's Handbook and
s i g n s ( d e c a l s ) o n m a c h i n e . F o l l o w w a r n i n g s a n d i n s t r u c t i o n s in t h e m a n u a l s
w h e n m a k i n g r e p a i r s , a d j u s t m e n t s or s e r v i c i n g . C h e c k f o r c o r r e c t f u n c t i o n after
a d j u s t m e n t s , r e p a i r s or s e r v i c e . U n t r a i n e d o p e r a t o r s a n d f a i l u r e t o f o l l o w
i n s t r u c t i o n s c a n c a u s e i n j u r y or d e a t h .
W-2003-O807

S a f e t y A l e r t S y m b o l : T h i s s y m b o l w i t h a w a r n i n g s t a t e m e n t , m e a n s : " W a r n i n g , b e a l e r t ! Y o u r s a f e t y is
i n v o l v e d ! " C a r e f u l l y r e a d t h e m e s s a g e trat f o l l o w s .

CORRECT

P-90216

Never
service
attachments
/
implements
without
i n s t r u c t i o n s . See O p e r a t i o n & M a i n t e n a n c e M a n u a l a n d
Attachment / Implement Service Manual.
A\g a n d m a i n t e n a n c e are r e q u i r e d daily.

~ "
Ah

Never s e r v i c e or a d j u s t a t t a c h m e n t / i m p l e m e n t w i t h t h e
e n g i n e r u n n i n g u n l e s s i n s t r u c t e d t o d o s o in m a n u a l .
A l w a y s lower the attachment / implement to the
b e f o r e l u b r i c a t i n g or s e r v i c i n g .

ground

X A v o i d c o n t a c t w i t h l e a k i n g h y d r a u l i c f l u i d or d i e s e l f u e l
u n d e r p r e s s u r e . It c a n p e n t r a t e s k i n or e y e s .
/ t \, c o o l a n d clean e n g i n e of f l a m m a b l e materials before
checking fluids.
/ ' y \p body, l o s e o b j e c t s a n d c l o t h i n g away f r o m m o v i n g
p a r t s , electrical c o n t a c t s , hot parts a n d exhaust.
./t\y g l a s s e s are n e e d e d for eye p r o t e c t i o n f r o m electrical
ares, battery a c i d , c o m p r e s s e d s p r i n g s , f l u i d s under
p r e s s u r e a n d f l y i n g d e b r i s or w h e n t o o l s are used. Use eye
p r o t e c t i o n a p p r o v e d for t y p e of w e i d i n g .

MSW30-0409

151

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

TROUBLESHOOTING
Chart

WARNING

I n s t r u c t i o n s are n e c e s s a r y b e f o r e o p e r a t i n g or s e r v i c i n g m a c h i n e . Read a n d
understand the Operation & Maintenance Manual, Operator's Handbook and
s i g n s ( d e c a l s ) o n m a c h i n e . F o l l o w w a r n i n g s a n d i n s t r u c t i o n s in t h e m a n u a l s
w h e n m a k i n g r e p a i r s , a d j u s t m e n t s or s e r v i c i n g . C h e c k for c o r r e c t f u n c t i o n
after a d j u s t m e n t s , r e p a i r s or s e r v i c e . U n t r a i n e d o p e r a t o r s a n d f a i l u r e t o f o l l o w
i n s t r u c t i o n s c a n c a u s e i n j u r y or d e a t h .
w-?nm-nfin7

If the a t t a c h m e n t is not w o r k i n g correctly, c h e c k the hydraulic s y s t e m of the m a c h i n e t h o r o u g h l y before m a k i n g any repairs


on t h e a t t a c h m e n t . A t t a c h m e n t p r o b l e m s c a n be a f f e c t e d by a hydraulic s y s t e m that is not o p e r a t i n g to specifications.
C o n n e c t a flow m e t e r to the m a c h i n e to c h e c k the hydraulic p u m p output, relief v a l v e setting a n d t u b e lines to c h e c k flow
a n d p r e s s u r e . ( S e e the m a c h i n e ' s S e r v i c e M a n u a l for the correct p r o c e d u r e to c o n n e c t the flow meter.)
U s e the f o l l o w i n g t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g chart to lcate a n d correct p r o b l e m s w h i c h m o s t often o c c u r with the a t t a c h m e n t .
CAUSE

PROBLEM
B r e a k e r will not fire.

CORRECTION

M a c h i n e fluid reservoir is low.

A d d hydraulic fluid to the fluid reservoir.

H y d r a u l i c h o s e s c o n n e c t e d to w r o n g
ports.

Reverse hydraulic h o s e s .

D a m a g e d hydraulic c o u p l e r s .

R e p l a c e hydraulic c o u p l e r s .

M a c h i n e m a i n relief valve set too low. Adjust m a i n relief valve to correct setting.
N o hydraulic flow to the breaker.

C h e c k the hydraulic flow to the breaker.

M a c h i n e hydraulic p u m p not w o r k i n g . C h e c k flow of hydraulic p u m p .


Repair or replace as n e e d e d .
Oil in the air c h a m b e r .

D a m a g e d internal seis, replace seis. (See


Breaker Service Manual).

R e g u l a t o r ring d a m a g e d or installed
backward.

R e p l a c e regulator ring. ( S e e B r e a k e r S e r v i c e
Manual).

Tool b u s h i n g is w o r n .

Replace bushing.

B r e a k e r stops after three b l o w s .

R e g u l a t o r ring d a m a g e d .

R e p l a c e regulator ring. ( S e e B r e a k e r S e r v i c e
Manual).

B r e a k e r runs v e r y slowly or blow

M a c h i n e m a i n relief valve set too low. A d j u s t m a i n relief valve to correct setting.

per m i n u t e r e d u c i n g .

Not e n o u g h hydraulic flow.

Test hydraulics for c o r r e c t flow a n d p r e s s u r e .

E x c e s s i v e heat build up.

C h e c k oil c o o l e r for d e b r i s a n d air flow C h e c k


relief valve p r e s s u r e .

D a m a g e d hydraulic c o u p l e r s .

R e p l a c e hydraulic c o u p l e r s .

Internal l e a k a g e .

C h e c k seis a n d O-rings in the breaker.


C h e c k p i s t n , sleeve a n d s e a l c a r r i e r f o r
wear. ( S e e the B r e a k e r S e r v i c e M a n u a l ) .

No b r e a k i n g forc a n d h o s e s j u m p i n g . C h e c k d i a p h r a g m for d a m a g e . ( S e e the


Breaker Service Manual).
T r o u b l e s h o o t i n g c h a r t c o n t i n u e d on next p a g e .

153

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT'D)
Chart (Cont'd)
CAUSE

PROBLEM
B r e a k e r fires erratically.

B r e a k e r runs for t w e n t y m i n u t e s
t h e n s t o p s . B r e a k e r will restart
after thirty m i n u t e s of idle t i m e .

CORRECTION

M a c h i n e m a i n relief valve set too


low.

A d j u s t m a i n relief valve to correct setting.

Excessive back pressure.

C h e c k for p l u g g e d or bent return lines.

Low fluid level.

A d d fluid to the reservoir as n e e d e d .

Not e n o u g h hydraulic flow.

Test hydraulics for correct flow a n d p r e s s u r e .

D a m a g e d hydraulic c o u p l e r s .

R e p l a c e hydraulic c o u p l e r s .

Tool b i n d i n g .

A d d g r e a s e to the tool s h a n k fitting.

Oil o v e r h e a t i n g .

C l e a n m a c h i n e radiator.
A d j u s t m a i n relief valve to correct setting.
A d d hydraulic fluid to the fluid reservoir

B r e a k e r distributor d a m a g e f r o m
overheating.
B r e a k e r lacks striking forc.

R e p l a c e distributor. (See B r e a k e r S e r v i c e
Manual).

R e g u l a t o r ring d a m a g e d .

R e p l a c e regulator ring. (See B r e a k e r S e r v i c e


Manual).

Not e n o u g h hydraulic flow.

Test hydraulics for correct flow a n d p r e s s u r e .

A c c u m u l a t o r nitrogen p r e s s u r e low.

C h e c k nitrogen p r e s s u r e . If oil in a c c u m u l a t o r
c h a m b e r , replace d i a p h r a g m . If p r e s s u r e low,
r e c h a r g e nitrogen. ( S e e B r e a k e r S e r v i c e
Manual).
M a k e s u r e nitrogen fill plug is installed a n d
t o r q u e to specifications.

E x c e s s i v e heat build up.

Tool is b r o k e n inside b u s h i n g .

R e p l a c e tool.

Blank firing.

Refer to the hydraulic controls section for


correct o p e r a t i n g p r o c e d u r e .

M a c h i n e fluid reservoir is low.

A d d hydraulic fluid to the fluid reservoir.

H y d r a u l i c h o s e s b e t w e e n b r e a k e r N i t r o g e n c h a r g e p r e s s u r e is low.
a n d m a c h i n e are pulsing m o r e
A c c u m u l a t o r nitrogen p r e s s u r e is
than normal.
low.

C h e c k nitrogen p r e s s u r e . If oil in a c c u m u l a t o r
c h a m b e r , replace d i a p h r a g m . If p r e s s u r e low,
r e c h a r g e nitrogen. ( S e e B r e a k e r S e r v i c e
Manual).

H y d r a u l i c oil o n b r e a k e r tool.

D a m a g e d pistn seis.

R e p l a c e seis. (See Breaker S e r v i c e M a n u a l ) .

Firing w i t h o u t sufficient d o w n forc

A p p l y additional d o w n forc with the m a c h i n e .

Tool b r e a k a g e .

on t h e t o o l .
U s i n g t h e tool a s a pry bar.

O n l y use p e r p e n d i c u l a r d o w n forc o n the tool


w h e n b r e a k i n g , d o not pry with tool.

G r i n d i n g o n the side face of the t o o l . G r i n d i n g on the side face of the tool m a y c a u s e


fatigue points or stress r e a s o n the tool.
Tool c o r r o s i n .

If the b r e a k e r or tool is u n u s e d for e x t e n d e d


p e r i o d s of t i m e , retract tool a n d g r e a s e t h e
o u t s i d e of the tool.

C o l d tool.

If u s e d in cold weather, keep tool in a w a r m


r e a prior to u s a g e .

S e e the following t r o u b l e s h o o t i n g c h a r t also.

154

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

TROUBLESHOOTING (CONT'D)

SERVICE S C H E D U L E

Chart (Cont'd)

Chart

CHARGING
INFORMATION

A WARNING

AFFECTED ON BREAKER

A c c u m u l a t o r c h a r g e s R e d u c e d life of t h e d i a p h r a g m low.
possibly forcing the d i a p h r a g m
into t h e s c h r a d e r valve inflation
hole.

AVOID BURNS
Tool t i p m a y b e h o t a f t e r o p e r a t i n g .
Use gloves w h e n working with tool.

A c c u m u l a t o r c h a r g e is R e d u c e d d i a p h r a g m life too high.


possibly forcing t h e d i a p h r a g m
into the grid holes.

SERVICE SCHEDULE

Figure 297
Pressure
Measured

Possible
Cause

Solution

0 - 2 4 8 2 kPa
(0 - 2 5 bar)

Diaphragm
d a m a g e d or

Replace
diaphragm.

(0 - 3 6 0 psi)

deflated.

Charge
Nitrogen
Chamber.

2 4 8 2 - 3 9 9 8 kPa
(25 - 4 0 bar)
(360 - 5 8 0 psi)

OK

Above
3 9 8 8 kPa
(40 bar)
( 5 8 0 psi)

Diaphragm
damaged.

GREASE
5 TO 6 PUMPS
EVERY 4 H O U R S .

Replace
diaphragm.

6! 85a

SW 7112678

N O T E : P u s h t o o l in b e f o r e g r e a s i n g .
Charging

Information
A p p l y g r e a s e (5 - 6) p u m p s to the g r e a s e fitting e v e r y 4
h o u r s of o p e r a t i o n .

C o r r e c t nitrogen c h a r g e p r e s s u r e is a n i m p o r t a n t factor in
the s e r v i c e life of t h e b r e a k e r d i a p h r a g m [ F i g u r e 2 9 7 ] .

NOTE: For detailed lubrication information,


L u b r i c a t i o n L o c a t i o n s o n P a g e 164.)

W h e n the c h a r g e is too low, the b r e a k e r will cycle faster


t h a n i n t e n d e d r e d u c i n g the life of t h e d i a p h r a g m . Low
c h a r g e also c a u s e s the b r e a k e r to not hit a s hard as

(See

d e s i g n e d , r e d u c i n g p e r f o r m a n c e . W h e n t h e c h a r g e is too
h i g h , the b r e a k e r will c y c l e s l o w e r t h a n i n t e n d e d a n d
build e x c e s s i v e heat affecting the p e r f o r m a n c e a n d
s e r v i c e life of t h e b r e a k e r a n d carrier. A s e r v i c e interval of
e v e r y 12 m o n t h s has b e e n e s t a b l i s h e d for c h e c k i n g
nitrogen charge.
N O T E : If o i l i s d e t e c t e d
in t h e n i t r o g e n ,
the
d i a p h r a g m is d a m a g e d a n d m u s t b e r e p l a c e d .
(See y o u r
Bobcat
dealer for
additional
information.)

155

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Inspect both e n d s of the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 2 9 8 ] a n d


[ F i g u r e 2 9 9 ] for d a m a g e a n d / or c r a c k s . R e p l a c e the
tool if d a m a g e d or w o r n .

REGULAR M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS
Weekly Inspection

Inspect the side e d g e s of t h e retaining pin g r o o v e (Item


2) [ F i g u r e 2 9 8 ] a n d [ F i g u r e 2 9 9 ] . If metal burrs are
p r e s e n t on the outer e d g e , carefully file or grind the burrs.
Do not grind on the d i a m e t e r of the tool. G r i n d the tool
length w a y s , N O T side w a y s . Do not w e l d on the tool.

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety g l a s s e s t o prevent eye injury w h e n any
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s exist:

Figure 300

W h e n fluids are under pressure.


F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o s e material is p r e s e n t .
E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
Tools are b e i n g u s e d .
W-2019-0907

A WARNING
AVOID BURN INJURY
Breaker t o o l c a n be h o t after use. Let breaker

tool

cool or use gloves w h e n handling tool.


W-2204-0905

U s e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) to i n s p e c t the tool


retainer pin (Item 2) for wear. R e p l a c e the pin if the
m a i n t e n a n c e tool notch (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 0 0 ] fits over the
pin a l o n g the length of the p i n . Inspect t h e pin a l o n g the
entire length.

Figure 298

R e p l a c e the pin if d a m a g e d .

P-61727

Figure 299
CORRECT

156

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT'D)

For All

Models

Weekly Inspection (Cont'd)

C h e c k t h e internal w e a r o n t h e b u s h i n g .

F i g u r e 301

Install t h e m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) into t h e b u s h i n g


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 0 2 ] as s h o w n a n d rotate t h e tool 1 8 0
to c h e c k t h e chamfer.
R e p l a c e t h e b u s h i n g if t h e t a b s (Item 1) o n t h e
m a i n t e n a n c e tool c o n t a c t t h e e n d of t h e b u s h i n g (Item 2)
at any point of t h e d i a m e t e r of t h e b u s h i n g (Item 3)
[Figure 302].
NOTE: The bushing
clarity.

is s h o w n

removed

for

photo

NOTE: Failure to replace a w o r n b u s h i n g m a y result


in r e d u c e d p e r f o r m a n c e .
Figure 303

P-61827

For Models

HB280, HB680, HB880, And

External Retaining Band

HB980

Check the end chamfer on the bushing.


Instad t h e m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) into t h e b u s h i n g
(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 0 1 ] a s s h o w n a n d roate t h e tool 180
to c h e c k the chamfer.
R e p l a c e t h e b u s h i n g if t h e t a b s ( I t e m 1) on t h e tool
c o n t a c t t h e e n d of b u s h i n g (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 0 1 ] at any
point.
NOTE: The bushing
clarity.

is s h o w n

removed

for

photo
P-61740

NOTE: Failure to replace a w o r n b u s h i n g may result


in r e d u c e d p e r f o r m a n c e .

Inspect t h e retaining b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 3 ] for w e a r


or d a m a g e .

Figure 302

R e p l a c e t h e retaining b a n d if a g a p of m o r e t h a n 2 m m
(0.08 in) c a n b e m e a s u r e d at any point b e t w e e n t h e side
of t h e b a n d a n d the side of t h e h o u s i n g (Item 2) [ F i g u r e
303].

157

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT'D)


Weekly Inspection (Cont'd)
For All Models

(Cont'd)

Figure 304
Infernal Retaining Band

If the retaining b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 4 ] is d a m a g e d ,


s e e y o u r B o b c a t dealer for r e p l a c e m e n t i n f o r m a t i o n a n d
parts.
T h e b r e a k e r will n e e d to be r e m o v e d f r o m the m o u n t i n g
f r a m e to s e r v i c e the retaining b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 4 ] .

158

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REGULAR M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS (CONT'D)

Figure 306

Retaining Band Replacement

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR D E A T H
Wear safety g l a s s e s t o prevent eye injury w h e n any
of t h e f o l i o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :

W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .


F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o s e material is p r e s e n t .
E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
Tools are b e i n g u s e d .

P-63775

W-2019-0907

U s i n g a s e c o n d block of w o o d (Item 1) a n d a h a m m e r ,
forc the retaining b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 0 6 ] over the
e n d of the breaker.

Figure 305

After the retaining b a n d is positioned over t h e b r e a k e r


f r a m e , use the g a u g e tool to reposition the retaining b a n d
o n the b r e a k e r f r a m e .

Position the b r e a k e r so the h o s e g u a r d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


3 0 5 ] is facing up.
Install a block of w o o d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 0 5 ] u n d e r the
breaker.
Position the retaining b a n d (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 0 5 ] over the
e n d of the b r e a k e r with the slot in the retainer b a n d facing
up.

159

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REGULAR M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 308

Nitrogen Chamber
Checking

The Nitrogen

Chamber

Charge

Pressure

Use the following p r o c e d u r e to c h e c k the nitrogen c h a r g e


pressure.
N O T E : H y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e in t h e b r e a k e r c a n affect
checking the accumulator charge pressure.
Before c h e c k i n g the charge pressure, relieve
the hydraulic pressure.
T h e b r e a k e r c h e c k valve is located under the b r e a k e r
m o u n t i n g f r a m e . R e m o v e the breaker m o u n t i n g f r a m e .

P-61816A

R e m o v e the plug (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 8 ] .

A WARNING

N O T E : If t h e p l u g ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 8 ] i s t i g h t , t a p t h e
e n d of t h e p l u g w i t h a h a m m e r
before
removing.

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH


Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury w h e n any
of t h e f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :

Figure 309

W h e n fluids are under p r e s s u r e .


F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o s e m a t e r i a l is p r e s e n t .
E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
T o o l s are b e i n g u s e d .
W-2019-0907

Use the nitrogen a c c u m u l a t o r c h a r g e p r e s s u r e


M E L 1 5 2 3 B to c h e c k the p r e s s u r e .

gauge

Figure 307

P18084

Install the correct a d a p t e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 9 ] on the


gauge.

P-61820

Block up the b r e a k e r so the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 0 7 ] is


not u n d e r p r e s s u r e a n d is not in c o n t a c t with the nitrogen
chamber.

160

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

R E G U L A R M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS (CONT'D)

Figure 312

Nitrogen Chamber (Cont'd)


Checking

The

Nitrogen

Chamber

Charge

Pressure

(Cont'd)
Figure 310

3,2 m m ( 0 . 1 2 5 i n )

Install the g a u g e / a d a p t e r o n the b r e a k e r [ F i g u r e 3 1 2 ] .


T i g h t e n the a d a p t e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 2 ] on the breaker.
Figure 313

P-42758

M e a s u r e the pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 0 ] p r o t r u s i o n .


M a n u a l l y e x t e n d or retract the pin until t h e pin m e a s u r e s
3,2 m m (0.125 in) f r o m pin tip to a d a p t e r face [ F i g u r e
310].
F i g u r e 311

Slowly t u r n t h e g a u g e valve b o d y (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 3 ]


c l o c k w i s e until the g a u g e s h o w s a reading. If the
p r e s s u r e is low, r e c h a r g e the breaker. S e e your B o b c a t
dealer for available kits.

P-42759

L o o s e n the a d a p t e r until the pin is f l u s h with t h e e n d of


the a d a p t e r as s h o w n [ F i g u r e 3 1 1 ] .

161

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

F i g u r e 315

R E G U L A R M A I N T E N A N C E ITEMS (CONT'D)
Nitrogen Chamber (Cont'd)
Discharging

The Nitrogen

Chamber

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety g l a s s e s to prevent eye i n j u r y w h e n any
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s exist:

W h e n fluids are under pressure.


F l y i n g d e b r i s o r l o s e m a t e r i a l is p r e s e n t .

E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .
T o o l s are b e i n g u s e d .

U s i n g a small shaft, p u s h the valve (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 5 ]


i n w a r d to relase the gas p r e s s u r e .

W-2019-0907

N O T E : If o i l i s d e t e c t e d i n t h e n i t r o g e n ,
the
d i a p h r a g m is d a m a g e d a n d m u s t b e r e p l a c e d .
(See y o u r
Bobcat
dealer for
additional
information.)

T h e b r e a k e r c h e c k valve is located u n d e r the b r e a k e r


m o u n t i n g f r a m e . R e m o v e the breaker m o u n t i n g f r a m e .
Figure 314

Install the plug in the c h a r g e valve.


T i g h t e n the plug to 3 7 Nm (27 ft-lb) t o r q u e .
N O T E : W h e n i n d o u b t of n i t r o g e n c h a r g e p r e s s u r e o r
w h e n recharging a hot breaker, relase the
nitrogen pressure completely and recharge
the nitrogen chamber.

R e m o v e the plug (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 4 ] f r o m the c h a r g e


valve.
N O T E : If t h e p l u g ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 4 ] i s t i g h t , t a p t h e
e n d of t h e p l u g w i t h a h a m m e r
before
removing.

162

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT'D)

Figure 318

Nitrogen Chamber (Cont'd)


Charging

The Nitrogen

Chamber

NOTE: W h e n in d o u b t of n i t r o g e n c h a r g e p r e s s u r e or
w h e n recharging a hot breaker, relase the
nitrogen pressure completely and recharge
the nitrogen chamber.
Figure 316

P18097

Install the a d a p t e r (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 8 ] on the " A b o v e


6 8 9 kPa (6,89 bar) ( 1 0 0 psi)" side of t h e c h a r g i n g tool.
Figure 319

P-61820

Block up the b r e a k e r so the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 6 ] is


not u n d e r p r e s s u r e a n d is not in contact with the n i t r o g e n
chamber.
Figure 317

Install the c h a r g i n g tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 9 ] o n the


breaker.
R e m o v e the c a p (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 1 9 ] f r o m t h e c h a r g i n g
tool.

R e m o v e the plug (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 1 7 ] .


N O T E : If t h e p l u g ( I t e m 1 ) [ F i g u r e 3 1 7 ] i s t i g h t , t a p t h e
e n d of t h e p l u g w i t h a h a m m e r
before
removing.

163

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS (CONT'D)

LUBRICATING THE ATTACHMENT

Nitrogen Chamber (Cont'd)

Lubrication Locations

Charging

The Nitrogen

Chamber

(Cont'd)

A WARNING

Figure 320

AVOID B U R N INJURY
B r e a k e r t o o l c a n be h o t after u s e . Let b r e a k e r t o o l
cool or use gloves w h e n handling tool.
W-2204-0905

Put the b r e a k e r in the horizontal position.


Fully lower the b r e a k e r to the g r o u n d
engine.

a n d stop

the

F i g u r e 322
P-61822A

C o n n e c t the nitrogen h o s e (Item 1) to the c h a r g i n g tool


(Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 2 0 ] .
Using the regulator valve o n the nitrogen tank, slowly fill
the c h a m b e r to the 3 1 9 9 kPa (32 bar) (464 psi).
C i s e the valve o n the nitrogen tank.
D i s c o n n e c t the h o s e a n d c h a r g i n g tool.
F i g u r e 321

U s e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) to t u r n the retainer


b a n d (Item 2) until the g r e a s e fitting (Item 3) is
a c c e s s i b l e . P u s h the tool (Item 4) [ F i g u r e 3 2 2 ] fully into
the breaker.
N O T E : Do not use an electric or p n e u m a t i c grease
gun. Over greasing may damage the seal.
NOTE: Failure to p u s h the tool up inside the breaker
before greasing may cause seal damage.
A p p l y g r e a s e (5 - 6 p u m p s ) to the u p p e r e n d of t h e tool at
the g r e a s e fitting (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 2 2 ] e v e r y 4 h o u r s of
o p e r a t i o n or s o o n e r if the tool looks dry.

P-61816

N O T E : I n s p e c t t h e O - r i n g o n t h e p l u g ( I t e m 1) [ F i g u r e
3 2 1 ] f o r d a m a g e . R e p l a c e if n e c e s s a r y .
Install a n d tighten the plug (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 2 1 ] .
T i g h t e n the plug to 37 Nm (27 ft-lb) t o r q u e .

164

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

LUBRICATING THE ATTACHMENT (CONT'D)

NOTE:

Lubrication Locations (Cont'd)


A l w a y s use a g o o d quality lithium b a s e
g r e a s e w h e n lubricating the a t t a c h m e n t .

multipurpose

Use a g o o d quality lithium based grease.


Lower quality grease may melt w h e n hot and
r e d u c e t h e life o f t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

Rotate the retainer b a n d to t h e c l o s e d position


greasing.

If the tool is not g r e a s e d at r e c o m m e n d e d intervals, tool


a n d b u s h i n g w e a r will occur.

after

IMPORTANT

F i g u r e 323

Underwater use of the breaker will cause internal


damage.
No
portion
of t h e
breaker
may
be
submerged.

External Retaining Band

I-2053-0589

U s e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) to t u r n the retainer


b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 2 3 ] until t h e g r e a s e fitting is
c o v e r e d to k e e p out c o n t a m i n a t i o n .
Figure 324
Internal Retaining B a n d

Rotate the tool pin retainer b a n d to a c c e s s the g r e a s e


fitting.
A p p l y g r e a s e (5 - 6 p u m p s ) to the g r e a s e fitting (Item 1)
[ F i g u r e 3 2 4 ] e v e r y 4 h o u r s of o p e r a t i o n or s o o n e r if the
tool looks dry.

165

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REMOVAL A N D INSTALLATION OF T O O L

F i g u r e 326

Procedure (External Retaining Band)


Tool Removal

For Earlier

Breaker

Models

N O T E : For later breaker m o d e l s (See T o o ! R e m o v a l


F o r L a t e r B r e a k e r M o d e l s o n P a g e 168.)

A WARNING
AVOID BURN INJURY
Breaker t o o l can be hot after use. Let breaker
cool or use gloves w h e n handling tool.

tool

P-61732

W-2204-0905

Install the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 2 6 ] .

Figure 325

Figure 327

R a i s e a n d block (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 2 5 ] the front of the


breaker.

Turn the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) 9 0 to e x p a n d the


b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 2 7 ] .

Pul the tool (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 2 5 ] out a s far as possible.

Figure 328

(This will help to hold the tool retaining pin in place w h e n


the retainer is repositioned.)
P l a c e a piece of c a r d b o a r d or a s h o p t o w e l (Item 3)
[ F i g u r e 3 2 5 ] u n d e r the breaker for the tool retaining pin
to land o n . This will keep the pin f r o m
being
c o n t a m i n a t e d if it falls on the g r o u n d .

M o v e the b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 2 8 ] forward as s h o w n .

166

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REMOVAL A N D INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 331

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)


Tool Removal

For Earlier

Breaker

Models

(Cont'd)

F i g u r e 329

NOTE:

Use a g o o d quality lithium based grease.


Lower quality grease may melt when hot and
r e d u c e t h e life o f t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

R e m o v e the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 0 ] .

167

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Figure 334

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)


Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)
Tool Removal

For Later Breaker

Models

N O T E : For early b r e a k e r m o d e l s (See T o o l R e m o v a l


F o r E a r l i e r B r e a k e r M o d e l s o n P a g e 166.)
NOTE: Later breaker m o d e l s c a n be identified by the
t w o b a n d r e t a i n e r s that are l o c a t e d o n e a c h
s i d e s of t h e b a n d .

A WARNING
AVOID B U R N INJURY
Breaker t o o l c a n be hot after u s e . Let breaker
c o o l or use g l o v e s w h e n h a n d l i n g tool.

Install the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 4 ] .


tool
F i g u r e 335

W-2204-0905

Figure 333

Turn the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) 9 0 to e x p a n d t h e


b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 3 5 ] .

P-63761A

Raise a n d block (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 3 ] the front of the


breaker.
Pul the tool (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 3 3 ] out as far as possible.
(This will help to hold the tool retaining pin in place w h e n
the retainer is repositioned.)
Place a piece of c a r d b o a r d or a s h o p towel (Item 3)
[ F i g u r e 3 3 3 ] u n d e r the b r e a k e r for the tool retaining pin
to land o n . This will keep the pin f r o m
being
c o n t a m i n a t e d if it falls o n the g r o u n d .

168

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)

Figure 338

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)


Tool Removal

For Later Breaker

Models

(Cont'd)

Figure 336

A p p l y g r e a s e to the top section of the tool [ F i g u r e 3 3 8 ] .


Figure 339

Rotate the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) a n d the b a n d (Item


2) until the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 6 ] is
u n d e r the breaker.
T h e tool retainer pin (Item 3) [ F i g u r e 3 3 6 ] will d r o p out of
the b o t t o m of the breaker.
Figure 337

P-61728

A p p l y g r e a s e to the inside d i a m e t e r of the lower b u s h i n g


(Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 9 ] .
NOTE:

T h e b r e a k e r tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 3 7 ] c a n now


r e m o v e d f r o m the breaker by pulling out o n the tool.

Use a g o o d quality lithium based grease.


Lower quality grease may melt w h e n hot and
r e d u c e the life of t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

be

169

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 342

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)


Tool Installation

For Earlier

Breaker

Models

N O T E : For later b r e a k e r m o d e l s (See T o o l I n s t a l l a t i o n


F o r L a t e r B r e a k e r M o d e l s o n P a g e 171.)
Figure 340

P-61729

Inspect the tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 2 ] for


w e a r or d a m a g e before installation. To inspect pin
d i a m e t e r ( S e e W e e k l y Inspection on P a g e 156.)
Figure 343

P-61730

Install the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 0 ] n the breaker.


Figure 341

P-61736

Install the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) a n d t u r n 9 0 to


e x p a n d the b a n d (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 4 3 ] .

A l i g n t h e notch n the tool with the hole (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


3 4 1 ] in the h o u s i n g .

170

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

I
Figure 346

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)


Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)
Tool Installation

For Earlier

Breaker

Models

(Cont'd)

Figure 344

Turn the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 6 ] 90 a n d


r e m o v e the m a i n t e n a n c e t o o l . Turn t h e b a n d s o that the
g r e a s e fitting a n d the retainer pin a r e not e x p o s e d .
Tool Installation
Install the tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 4 ] .

For Later Breaker

Models

NOTE: For
earlier
breaker
models
Installation For Earlier Breaker
P a g e 170.)

N O T E : Pul t h e t o o l o u t w a r d t o h e l p h o l d t h e r e t a i n e r
pin in place w h e n reinstalling the b a n d .

(See
Tool
Models on

Figure 347
F i g u r e 345

Install the b r e a k e r tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 7 ] into the


breaker.

M o v e the b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 5 ] b a c k over the tool


retainer pin.

171

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)

Figure 350

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)


Tool Installation

For Later Breaker

Models

(Cont'd)

Figure 348

Install t h e tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 0 ] . T h e


b r e a k e r tool m a y n e e d to be rotated so t h e retainer pin
will install correctly into the breaker a n d b r e a k e r t o o l .
F i g u r e 351
Install the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) a n d rotate the b a n d
(Item 2) until the tool retainer pin hole (Item 3) [ F i g u r e
3 4 8 ] is visible at the t o p of the breaker.
Figure 349

R o t a t e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) a n d b a n d (Item 2)


[ F i g u r e 3 5 1 ] so the slot n the b a n d is not directly over
t h e tool retainer p i n .
P-61729

Inspect the tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 4 9 ] for


w e a r or d a m a g e before installation. To inspect pin
d i a m e t e r (See W e e k l y Inspection o n P a g e 156.)

172

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)

A WARNING

Procedure (External Retaining Band) (Cont'd)


Tool Installation

For Later Breaker

Models

(Cont'd)

AVOID BURN INJURY


Breaker t o o l c a n be h o t after u s e . Let b r e a k e r t o o l
cool or use gloves w h e n handling tool.

F i g u r e 352

W-2204-0905

A WARNING
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
Wear safety glasses to prevent eye injury w h e n any
of the f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s exist:

W h e n fluids are under pressure.

F l y i n g d e b r i s or l o s e m a t e r i a l is p r e s e n t .

E n g i n e is r u n n i n g .

Tools are being u s e d .


W-2019-0907

R o t a t e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 2 ] 90

Figure 354

a n d r e m o v e the m a i n t e n a n c e tool.
Procedure (Internal Retaining Band)
Removing

The Tool
Hl|

F i g u r e 353

" \- ,11-n,,,,

i,,,,, , i

P-84989

T h e m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 4 ] that is


supplied with the b r e a k e r will be u s e d to r e m o v e the tool
retainer p i n . (If this tool is not available, a fat b l a d e s c r e w
driver c a n be used.)

P-72416A

R a i s e a n d block (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 3 ] the front of the


breaker.

173

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)

Figure 357

Procedure (Internal Retaining Band) (Cont'd)


Removing

The Tool

(Cont'd)

Figure 355

C o n t i n u using t h e m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) to rotate


t h e retainer b a n d until the tool retainer pin (Item 2)
[ F i g u r e 3 5 7 ] is e x p o s e d .
Figure 358
Insert t h e tip of the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 5 ] b e t w e e n
the b r e a k e r f r a m e a n d the tool retainer b a n d . U s e the tool
to rotate the retainer b a n d inside the b r e a k e r f r a m e .
Figure 356

P-84990

Insert a s c r e w driver or p u n c h (Item 1) t h r o u g h t h e


a c c e s s hole o n t h e b o t t o m of the f r a m e a n d p u s h the tool
retaining pin (Item 2) [ F i g u r e 3 5 8 ] up a n d r e m o v e t h e
retaining pin.

Insert t h e e n d of the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 5 6 ] . Lift up o n


the tool to allow the tab o n the e n d of the r e t a i n e r b a n d to
g o u n d e r the f r a m e o p e n i n g .
NOTE: Keep tool retaining c o m p o n e n t s
b u s h i n g s free of dirt a n d d e b r i s .

and

tool

174

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)

F i g u r e 361

Procedure (Internal Retaining Band) (Cont'd)


Removing

The Tool

(Cont'd)

Figure 359

Install the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 6 1 ] in the breaker.


Figure 362

Using a lifting device, r e m o v e the tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


359].
Installing

The Tool

Figure 360

Install the tool retainer pin (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 6 2 ] in the


breaker. T h e tool m a y n e e d to be rotated for the pin to fit
properly.

P-72375

NOTE: Keep tool retaining c o m p o n e n t s


b u s h i n g s free of dirt a n d d e b r i s .

and

tool

A p p l y g r e a s e to the t o p s e c t i o n of the tool (Item


[Figure 360].
NOTE:

1)

Use a g o o d q u a l i t y l i t h i u m based grease.


Lower quality grease may melt w h e n hot and
r e d u c e t h e life of t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

175

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

Figure 365

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL (CONT'D)


Procedure (Internal Retaining Band) (Cont'd)
Installing

The Tool

(Cont'd)

Figure 363

U s i n g the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 6 5 ] , p r e s s


the t a n g of the retaining b a n d so that it is p u s h e d u n d e r
the b r e a k e r f r a m e .
P-84985

Figure 366

Using the m a i n t e n a n c e tool (Item 1) [ F i g u r e 3 6 3 ] , rotate


the retainer b a n d to cise t h e o p e n i n g .
Figure 364

C o n t i n u to rotate the retaining b a n d (Item 1) [ F i g u r e


3 6 6 ] until it is in the fully c l o s e d p o s i t i o n .

NOTE:

Use a g o o d quality lithium based grease.


Lower quality grease may melt w h e n hot and
r e d u c e t h e l i f e of t h e t o o l a n d b u s h i n g .

NOTE: Do not use an electric or p n e u m a t i c grease


gun. Over greasing may d a m a g e the seal.
NOTE: Failure to p u s h the tool up inside the breaker
before greasing may cause seal damage.
P u s h the tool in as far a s possible. A p p l y g r e a s e (5 - 6
p u m p s ) at the g r e a s e fitting (Item 1 ) [ F i g u r e 3 6 4 ] .

176

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

ATTACHMENT STORAGE A N D RETURN TO SERVICE

Return To Service

Storage

After t h e B o b c a t a t t a c h m e n t has b e e n in s t o r a g e , it is
n e c e s s a r y to follow a list of items to return the
a t t a c h m e n t to s e r v i c e .

S o m e t i m e s it m a y be n e c e s s a r y to s t o r e y o u r B o b c a t
a t t a c h m e n t for a n e x t e n d e d p e r i o d of t i m e . B e l o w is a list
of i t e m s to p e r f o r m before s t o r a g e .

T h o r o u g h l y clean the a t t a c h m e n t .

Lubrcate the a t t a c h m e n t .

Inspect the Bob-Tach w e d g e m o u n t s , m o u n t i n g f l a n g e


a n d all w e l d s o n the a t t a c h m e n t for w e a r a n d d a m a g e .

Check

for

lose

hardware,

missing

guards,

Be s u r e all shields a n d g u a r d s a r e in p l a c e .

Lubrcate the a t t a c h m e n t .

Install a n d o p r a t e a t t a c h m e n t , c h e c k for
function.

C h e c k for leaks. R e p a i r a s n e e d e d .

correct

or

d a m a g e d parts.

R e p l a c e w o r n or d a m a g e d parts.

C h e c k for d a m a g e d or m i s s i n g d e c a l s . R e p l a c e if
necessary.

Place t h e a t t a c h m e n t in a dry p r o t e c t e d shelter.


P l a c e the a t t a c h m e n t fat o n t h e g r o u n d .

N O T E : In m u d d y c o n d i t i o n s o r t o p r e v e n t
the
attachment from freezing to the ground, put
the attachment on planks or b l o c k s before
removing the attachment from the machine.
Always
relieve
the
hydraulic
pressure
when
d i s c o n n e c t i n g the b r e a k e r f r o m the m a c h i n e . P l u g the
b r e a k e r hydraulic ports w h e n in s t o r a g e . If e q u i p p e d with
h o s e s , install c a p s on the h o s e s . If e q u i p p e d with
c o u p l e r s , c o n n e c t the c o u p l e r s t o g e t h e r to k e e p t h e m
clean.
If storing for six m o n t h s or longer, r e m o v e the tool a n d
t h o r o u g h l y g r e a s e the pistn a n d lower b u s h i n g to
prevent c o r r o s i n . Reinstall the tool a n d store t h e b r e a k e r
in t h e vertical p o s i t i o n , with the tool installed into a
h o l d i n g fixture. T h e w e i g h t of the b r e a k e r o n t h e tool
retracts the p i s t n w h i c h r e d u c e s the possibility of pistn
c o r r o s i n . S t o r i n g vertical prevens any side l o a d i n g of
the pistn seal a n d i n c r e a s e s the seal s e r v i c e life. C h e c k
the nitrogen c h a r g e before using the breaker.
If t h e b r e a k e r is s t o r e d in a highly c o r r o s i v e e n v i r o n m e n t ,
has high h u m i d i t y or a c o a s t a l location, g r e a s e a n d store
t h e b r e a k e r a s r e c o m m e n d e d a b o v e if t h e s t o r a g e p e r i o d
is over thirty d a y s .
If t h e b r e a k e r m u s t be s t o r e d in the horizontal p o s i t i o n ,
r e m o v e t h e tool a n d t h o r o u g h l y g r e a s e the pistn a n d
lower b u s h i n g to prevent c o r r o s i n . C a p or c o v e r the
o p e n i n g . Reinstall the tool only w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is g o i n g
to be u s e d .

177

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS


MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS
Warning (6701391)
Warning (7112677)
Warning (7112678)

181
181
182
183

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS


W a r n i n g (6701391)

A WARNING
DO NOT ENTER OR
EXITONTHIS SIDE.
You could slip, trip or fall and become
seriously injured.
67172 SW

6701391B e n U S

A ADVERTENCIA
NO SALGA 0 ENTRE
J
*^
c ^tr lC)
Podra resbalarse, tropezarse o caer y
lesionarse seriamente.
67172 SW

6701391B e s A R

ikAVERTISSEMENT
N'ENTREZ PAS DE CE CT
ET N'EN SORTEZ PAS
NON PLUS.
Vous pourriez glisser, trbucher ou tomber
et gravement vous blesser.
67172 SW

181

6701391B f r C A

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT'D)


W a r n i n g (7112677)

A WARNING

i k ADVERTENCIA

AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

EVITE LESIONES
O ACCIDENTES FATALES

Operator and bystanders


must wear goggles, hard
hat a n d noise protection
w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is i n
operation.

S p e c i a l A p p l i c a t i o n s Kit
must be used on the cab
w h e n t h e b r e a k e r is
mounted on the Bob-Tach
a n d u s e d in a p p l i c a t i o n s
w h e r e F A L L I N G d e b r i s is
present.

Read and understand the


Operation & Maintenance
manual before operating
o r s e r v i c i n g the breaker.
Wear goggles when
servicing.

El o p e r a d o r y l o s t r a n s e n t e s
d e b e n portar lentes d e
seguridad, casco duro y
protectores auditivos cuando
el m a r t i l l o h i d r u l i c o e s t
en uso.

L a c a b i n a d e b e u t i l i z a r el kit
de aplicaciones especiales
c u a n d o el m a r t i l l o h i d r u l i c o
e s t m o n t a d o e n el B o b - T a c h
y se utiliza en aplicaciones
d o n d e hay e s c o m b r o s QUE
CAEN presentes.

L e a y e n t i e n d a el m a n u a l d e
operacin y mantenimiento
antes de usar o dar servicio
al m a r t i l l o h i d r u l i c o . P o r t e
lentes d e seguridad c uando
d s e r v i c i o a la m q u i n a .

6185? SW

7112677 OiAR

182

J^AVERTtSSEMENT
RISQUE DE BLESSURE
OU DE MORT

L'utilisateur et les spectateurs


doivent porter des lunettes de
scurit, un casque de chantier
et une protection contre le bruit
iorsque le rnarteau de dmohtion
est en marche.

Le ncessaire pour
applications spciales doit
tre install dans la cabine
Iorsque le rnarteau de
dmolition est mont sur la
Bob-Tach et est utilis la o I
y a des CHUTES de dbris.

Lisez et comprenez le manuel


d'utilisation et d'entretien
avant d'utiliser le rnarteau de
dmolition ou d'y taire de
l'entretien.
Portez des lunettes de scurit
lors de l'entretien.
61852

SW 7112877 frCA

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS (CONT'D)


W a r n i n g (7112678)

A WARNING

AVOID BURNS

ADVERTENCIA

EVITE Q U E M A D U R A S
La punta de la herramienta puede estar
caliente despus de usarse.
Utilice guantes cuando trabaje con la
herramienta.

Tool t i p m a y be hot after o p e r a t i n g .


Use g l o v e s w h e n w o r k i n g w i t h t o o l .

PROGRAMA DE
MANTENIMIENTO

SERVICE SCHEDULE
GREASE
5 TO 6 PUMPS

E M P U J E LA
HERRAMIENTA
HACIA ADENTRO
A N T E S DE
ENGRASARLA.

EVERY 4 H O U R S .
P U S H T O O L IN
BEFORE
GREASING.

61852 SW

ENGRASE

ENTRE 5 Y 6 B O M B A S

CADA 4 HORAS.

7112678 esAR

AAVERTISSEMENT

(KKWm

DANGER DE BRLURE

La pointe de t'outil peut tre chaude aprs l'utlisation.


Portez des gants Iorsque vous travaillez sur cet outjl.

PROGRAMME
D'ENTRETIEN
56COUP5
DE POMPE TOUTES
LES 4 HEURES.
ENFONCEZ
L'OUTIL AVANT
DEGRAISSER.

S W 7 1 ! 2 6 7 8 frCA

183

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

SPECIFICATIONS
(HB280) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions
Performance
Hydraulic System

187
187
187
187

(HB680) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS


Dimensions
Performance
Hydraulic System

188
188
188
188

(HB880) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS


Dimensions
Performance
Hydraulic System

189
189
189
189

(HB980) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS


Dimensions
Performance
Hydraulic System

190
190
190
190

(HB1180) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS


Dimensions
Performance
Hydraulic System

191
191
191
191

185

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

(HB280) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS


Dimensions

W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s c o n f o r m to S A E a n d I S O s t a n d a r d s a n d are s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t notice.

200 m m
(7.87 in)

P-96765

Performance
Breaker Weight

5 8 kg ( 1 2 7 Ib)

Blow Rate
Soft G r o u n d

1120 bpm

Hard Ground

1290 b p m

Operating Pressure

1 2 0 6 5 kPa ( 1 2 0 , 6 bar) ( 1 7 5 0 psi)

System Pressure

1 4 8 2 3 kPa ( 1 4 8 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)

Impact Class

0 , 2 6 6 kN (60 Ibf)

C I M A Energy Rating

0,262 kN (59 Ibf)

Nitrogen Charge Pressure

3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) (465 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r

3 7 m m (1.46 in)

Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h

2 6 9 m m (10.6 in)

Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Flow

1 3 - 2 3 L/min ( 3 . 4 - 6 . 1 U.S. g p m )

187

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

(HB680) HYDRAULIC B R E A K E R SPECIFICATIONS


Dimensions

W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s c o n f o r m to S A E a n d ISO s t a n d a r d s a n d a r e s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t n o t i c e .

280 m m
(11.02 in)

A
400 m m
( 1 5 . 7 5 in)

?
P-96768

Performance
Breaker Weight

127 kg (281 Ib)

Blow Rate
Soft G r o u n d

7 8 0 - 1220 b p m

Hard Ground

8 6 0 - 1340 b p m

Operating Pressure

1 2 0 6 5 kPa ( 1 2 0 , 6 bar) ( 1 7 5 0 psi)

System Pressure

1 4 8 2 3 kPa ( 1 4 8 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)

Impact Class

0,667 k N ( 1 5 0 Ibf)

C I M A Energy R a t i n g

0 , 6 3 6 k N ( 1 4 3 Ibf)

Nitrogen Charge Pressure

3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) (465 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r

55,1 m m (2.17 in)

Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h

3 3 0 m m (13.0 in)

Hydraulic System
2 5 - 50 L/min (6.6 - 13.2 U.S. g p m )

Hydraulic Flow

188

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

(HB880) HYDRAULIC B R E A K E R SPECIFICATIONS


Dimensions

W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s c o n f o r m to S A E a n d I S O s t a n d a r d s a n d are s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t notice.

1187,8 m m
(46.76 in)
P-96769

Performance
194 kg (427 Ib)

Breaker Weight
Blow Rate
Soft G r o u n d

7 5 5 - 1150 b p m

Hard Ground

8 6 0 - 1310 b p m

Operating Pressure

1 2 0 6 5 kPa (120,6 bar) ( 1 7 5 0 psi)

System Pressure

1 4 8 2 3 kPa (148 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)

Impact Class

1,334 kN (300 Ibf)

C I M A Energy R a t i n g

0 , 9 2 0 k N (207 Ibf)

Nitrogen Charge Pressure

3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) (465 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r

65 m m (2.56 in)

Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h

3 3 0 m m (13.0 in)

Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Flow

3 0 - 65 L/min (7.9 - 1 7 . 2 U.S. g p m )

189

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

(HB980) HYDRAULIC B R E A K E R SPECIFICATIONS


Dimensions

W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , specifications c o n f o r m to S A E a n d I S O s t a n d a r d s a n d a r e s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t n o t i c e .

450 m m
(17.72 i n )

I
P-96770

Performance
Breaker Weight

2 2 8 kg (502 Ib)

Blow Rate
Soft G r o u n d

8 5 5 - 1060 b p m

Hard Ground

1170 - 1450 b p m

Operating Pressure

1 2 0 6 5 kPa (120,6 bar) ( 1 7 5 0 psi)

System Pressure

1 4 8 2 3 kPa (148 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)

Impact C l a s s

2,224 k N ( 5 0 0 Ibf)

C I M A Energy Rating

1,254 kN (282 Ibf)

Nitrogen C h a r g e P r e s s u r e

3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) (465 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r

72,1 m m (2.84 in)

Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h

3 5 6 m m (14.0 in)

Hydraulic System
4 5 - 80 L/min ( 1 1 . 9 - 21.1 U.S. g p m )

Hydraulic Flow

190

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

(HB1180) HYDRAULIC BREAKER SPECIFICATIONS


Dimensions

W h e r e a p p l i c a b l e , specifications c o n f o r m to S A E a n d I S O s t a n d a r d s a n d are s u b j e c t to c h a n g e w i t h o u t n o t i c e .

1388,5 m m
(54.67 in)
P-96771

Performance
Breaker Weight

2 9 9 kg ( 6 5 9 Ib)

B l o w Rate
Soft G r o u n d

680 - 1070 b p m

Hard Ground

8 2 0 - 1280 b p m

Operating Pressure

1 2 7 5 5 k P a (127,5 bar) ( 1 8 5 0 psi)

System Pressure

1 4 8 2 3 kPa ( 1 4 8 bar) ( 2 1 5 0 psi)

Impact Class

3,336 kN ( 7 5 0 Ibf)

C I M A E n e r g y Rating

1,708 kN ( 3 8 4 Ibf)

Nitrogen Charge Pressure

3 2 0 6 kPa (32 bar) ( 4 6 5 psi)

Bit D i a m e t e r

85 m m (3.03 in)

Bit W o r k i n g L e n g t h

4 0 6 m m (16.0 in)

Hydraulic System
H y d r a u l i c Flow

55 - 100 L/min (14.5 - 2 6 . 4 U.S. g p m )

191

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

WARRANTY

WARRANTY
Bobcat Attachments
B o b c a t C o m p a n y w a r r a n t s t o its a u t h o r i z e d dealers a n d a u t h o r i z e d dealers of B o b c a t E q u i p m e n t Ltd.,
w h o in t u r n w a r r a n t t o t h e o r i g i n a l o w n e r , t h a t e a c h n e w B o b c a t a t t a c h m e n t w i l l be f r e e f r o m p r o v e n
d e f e c t s i n m a t e r i a l a n d w o r k m a n s h i p f o r t w e l v e (12) m o n t h s a f t e r d e l i v e r y b y t h e a u t h o r i z e d B o b c a t
dealer t o t h e o r i g i n a l buyer.
D u r i n g t h e w a r r a n t y p e r i o d , t h e a u t h o r i z e d B o b c a t d e a l e r s h a l l r e p a i r o r r e p l a c e , at B o b c a t C o m p a n y ' s
o p t i o n , w i t h o u t c h a r g e for parts a n d labor, any part of the B o b c a t p r o d u c t w h i c h fails b e c a u s e of
d e f e c t s in m a t e r i a l or w o r k m a n s h i p . T h e o w n e r s h a l l p r o v i d e t h e a u t h o r i z e d B o b c a t d e a l e r w i t h p r o m p t
w r i t t e n n o t i c e of t h e defect a n d a l l o w r e a s o n a b l e t i m e for r e p l a c e m e n t or repair. B o b c a t C o m p a n y may,
at its o p t i o n , r e q u i r e failed p a r t s to be r e t u r n e d to the factory. Travel t i m e of m e c h a n i c s a n d
t r a n s p o r t a t i o n of t h e B o b c a t p r o d u c t t o t h e a u t h o r i z e d B o b c a t d e a l e r f o r w a r r a n t y w o r k a r e t h e
r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of t h e o w n e r . T h e r e m e d i e s p r o v i d e d in t h i s w a r r a n t y are e x c l u s i v e .
T h i s w a r r a n t y d o e s not cover r e p l a c e m e n t of s c h e d u l e d s e r v i c e i t e m s a n d h i g h w e a r i t e m s . The o w n e r
s h a l l r e l y s o l e l y o n t h e w a r r a n t y , if a n y , o f t h e r e s p e c t i v e m a n u f a c t u r e r s t h e r e o f . T h i s w a r r a n t y d o e s n o t
cover d a m a g e s r e s u l t i n g f r o m a b u s e , a c c i d e n t s , alterations, use of the B o b c a t p r o d u c t as an
a t t a c h m e n t o n any e q u i p m e n t n o t a p p r o v e d by B o b c a t C o m p a n y , air f l o w o b s t r u c t i o n s , or failure to
m a i n t a i n o r u s e t h e B o b c a t p r o d u c t a c c o r d i n g t o t h e i n s t r u c t i o n s a p p l i c a b l e t o it.
T H I S W A R R A N T Y IS E X C L U S I V E A N D IN L I E U O F A L L O T H E R W A R R A N T I E S A N D C O N D I T I O N S ,
EXCEPT THE WARRANTY OF TITLE. BOBCAT COMPANY DISCLAIMS A L L OTHER WARRANTIES AND
C O N D I T I O N S , E X P R E S S OR IMPLIED, I N C L U D I N G A N Y IMPLIED W A R R A N T I E S OR C O N D I T I O N S O F
M E R C H A N T A B I L I T Y O R F I T N E S S F O R A P A R T I C U L A R P U R P O S E . IN N O E V E N T S H A L L B O B C A T
COMPANY OR THE AUTHORIZED B O B C A T D E A L E R BE L I A B L E FOR A N Y S P E C I A L , INCIDENTAL,
INDIRECT OR C O N S E Q U E N T I A L D A M A G E S , W H A T S O E V E R , I N C L U D I N G , B U T NOT L I M I T E D TO, L O S S
OR INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, OR LOSS OF MACHINE USE, W H E T H E R B A S E D
ON CONTRACT, W A R R A N T Y , TORT, N E G L I G E N C E , STRICT LIABILITY, STATUTE OR OTHERWISE,
E V E N IF B O B C A T C O M P A N Y O R T H E A U T H O R I Z E D B O B C A T D E A L E R H A S B E E N A D V I S E D O F T H E
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF BOBCAT COMPANY A N D THE
AUTHORIZED BOBCAT DEALERS WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT A N D SERVICES FURNISHED
HEREUNDER S H A L L NOT EXCEED T H E P U R C H A S E PRICE OF THE PRODUCT UPON W H I C H S U C H
L I A B I L I T Y IS B A S E D .

6570124 (2-09)

Bobcat
195

Printed in U.S.A.

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
TRANSPORTING THE ATTACHMENT AND
MACHINE ON A TRAILER
148
TRANSPORTING THE ATTACHMENT ON A
TRAILER
146
TROUBLESHOOTING
153
WARRANTY
195

(HB1180) HYDRAULIC BREAKER


SPECIFICATIONS
191
(HB280) HYDRAULIC BREAKER
SPECIFICATIONS
187
(HB680) HYDRAULIC BREAKER
SPECIFICATIONS
188
(HB880) HYDRAULIC BREAKER
SPECIFICATIONS
189
(HB980) HYDRAULIC BREAKER
SPECIFICATIONS
190
ATTACHMENT IDENTIFICATION
17
ATTACHMENT SIGNS (DECALS)
30
ATTACHMENT STORAGE AND RETURN TO
SERVICE
177
BOBCAT COMPANY IS ISO 9001 CERTIFIED
13
DAILY INSPECTION
47
DELIVERY REPORT
16
FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES
19
FIRE PREVENTION
27
INITIAL SETUP
33
LIFTING THE ATTACHMENT
144
LUBRICATING THE ATTACHMENT
164
MACHINE SIGN TRANSLATIONS
181
MAINTENANCE SAFETY
151
OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH
EXCAVATORS
73
OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADER
BACKHOES
126
OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH LOADERS
50
OPERATING PROCEDURE WITH MINI
LOADERS
113
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
1
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
3
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
5
OPERATOR SAFETY WARNINGS
7
PUBLICATIONS AND TRAINING
RESOURCES
29
REGULAR MAINTENANCE ITEMS
156
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF TOOL 166
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
25
SERIAL NUMBER LOCATION
15
SERVICE SCHEDULE
155

197

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

W* Bobcat

198

HB Series Breaker Operation & Maintenance Manual

You might also like